Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SEC Procedures
SEC Procedures
241
1.0
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
INTRODUCTION
Proper pre-commissioning of new electrical equipment is important to prove that new
equipment has been properly shipped and correctly erected and installed. This Procedure
highlights the necessary steps related to proper pre-commissioning of new electrical
equipment.
As a general practice, all equipments must be tested in the factory before delivery to the
site. Pre-commissioning testing at site is done to prove that:
1.1
Purpose
1.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
INDEX
PART I: ORGANIZATION OF THE WORK SITE FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 PROCEDURES
3.0 WITNESSING COMMENCEMENT
4.0 ISSUING SITE INSTRUCTIONS/RECORDS
5.0 SAFETY & COORDINATION MEETING
6.0 TECHNICAL PROBLEM REPORT
7.0 TIME AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
8.0 UNCONTROLLABLE PROJECT DELAY FORM
9.0 READINESS OF ENERGIZATION REPORT
10.0 FINAL PRE COMMISSIONING REPORT AND CONTRACTORS
EVALUATION
11.0 FAULT REPORT
12.0 IMPLEMENTATION & IMPROVEMENT
13.0 ATTACHMENTS
PART II: MECHANICAL TESTS, VISUAL INSPECTIONS AND ELECTRICAL
TESTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 PURPOSE
3.0 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING OF MAIN EQUIPMENT
3.1 Oil Filled Power Transformer
3.2 Shunt Reactors
3.3 Bushings Inspection and Testing
3.4 Surge Arrestors
3.5 Station Service Transformers (less than 2 MVA)
3.6 Neutral Earthing Resistors.
3.7 Current Transformers
3.8 Potential Transformers
3.9 Capacitive Voltage Transformers
3.10 Coupling Capacitor Voltage Transformer
3.11 Hybrid/Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
3.12 Metal Clad Switchgear
3.13 Metal Enclosed Bus Duct
3.14 Indoor and Outdoor Bus Structures
3.15 Indoor Circuit Breakers
3.16 Outdoor Circuit Breakers
3.17 Disconnect & Grounding Switches
3.18 Circuit Switchers
3.19 LV AC/DC LV AC/DC Board and Circuit Breakers (380/220/127V)
3.20 230kV and 380kV XLPE Cables
3.21 230 kV and 380kV LPOF Cables
3.22 110kV and 115kV and 132kV XLPE cables
3.23 110kV and 115kV and 132kV LPOF Cables
3.24 69 kV XLPE power Cables
3.25 13.8 kV and 33 kV XLPE Power Cables
3.26 LV Cables
3.27 Control Cable
3.28 Pilot Cables
TCSP105R01/TMA
6
6
6
8
11
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
21
22
47
47
47
47
49
53
56
57
58
60
61
63
65
66
67
74
78
79
80
83
86
88
89
90
92
94
96
98
100
101
102
103
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
105
108
118
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
150
151
152
153
155
157
158
159
160
163
164
165
166
171
172
173
175
176
177
179
180
181
182
183
184
186
187
188
190
191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
INDEX
5.0 PROCEDURE FOR SCHEME AND FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
5.1 General Panel Function Tests
5.2 Local Control Cubicle (LCC) Panel Function Test
5.3 Relay & Control Panel Function Test
5.4 Transformer Function Test
5.5 Automatic Voltage Control Panel Function Test
5.6 Load Shedding & Under Frequency Panel Function Test
5.7 Bus Bar Protection Panel Function Test
5.8 ACSE / ABTS / TOP Function Test
5.9 ACCS Automatic Capacitor Control System
5.10 Common Alarms Panel Function Test and Alarm Scheme Test
5.11 Final Trip Test
5.12 Synchronizing Relay
5.13 Bus Bar Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
5.14 Stuck Breaker Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
5.15 Transformer Differential Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
5.16 Restricted Earth Fault Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
5.17 End To End Test for Over Head Line Feeders
5.18 End To End Test for Under Ground Cable Feeders
5.19 SCADA Point List checking
5.19.1 SCADA Commands Tests
5.19.2 SCADA Back Indication Tests
5.19.3 SCADA Alarms Tests
5.20 Metering and Readings through SCADA to ECC
5.21 Pre-Energization Confirmation Checks
5.22 During Energization Confirmation Checks
5.23 On Load Tests
5.23.1 On Load tests for CT/VT Circuits & Transformer Inspection.
5.23.2 On Load Line/Cable Differential Protection Stability & Sensitivity
5.23.3 On Load Confirmation of Relay Directionality
5.23.4 Transformer Differential Protection on Load Stability Tests
5.23.5 Restricted Earth Fault Protection on Load Stability Tests
5.23.6 Bus Bar Protection on Load Stability Tests
5.23.7 Stuck Breaker Protection On-Load Stability & Sensitivity Tests
5.24 Recommended Test Equipment
6.0 SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM (SAS)
7.0 SUBSTATION NOISE LEVELS MEASUREMENT
TCSP105R01/TMA
193
194
196
198
203
205
206
207
208
209
211
212
213
215
217
220
222
224
229
230
230
230
230
231
232
233
235
235
235
236
237
238
238
238
239
240
241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Joint Inspection
The contractor, Project Engineer and commissioning personnel shall visit the
substation jointly two weeks prior to the start of the pre commissioning
testing and the following points shall be confirmed. See attachment no.1
a. Site Office Facilities
The site office shall be complete with the following facilities:
i. Commissioning Group Room with working table, chairs,
telephone, internet, PC and PC table.
ii. Conference room with conference table, chairs, white
board, telephone and notice board.
iii. Drawing/record room with filling cabinets and Operation
and Maintenance Manuals.
iv. Fax.
v. Proper W.C. facilities are provided with raw water for
washing.
vi. Kitchen with refrigerator.
b. Site Technical and Equipment Requirements
The following shall be available at site prior to precommissioning:
i. Confirmation Letter for verification of Section 2.1.1.
ii. Approved drawings, Scope of Work and one set of
approved drawings available for sole use of witnessing
personnel.
iii. Catalogues, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, all
relevant specifications and protection requirements.
iv. Factory Test results.
v. Approved site test procedures and format.
vi. Proper communication must be ready for SCADA if
applicable.
vii. SCADA program is ready for implementation if
applicable.
viii. Proper housekeeping and safety standards.
ix. Approved deviations List.
x. Base and Detailed Design Comments.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
c. Contractor personnel
During the joint site visit, the contractor shall demonstrate the
availability of his qualified man-power and testing engineers as
had been indicated in the confirmation letter. These engineers
should demonstrate proper engineering practice throughout the
project and adhere to proper safety procedures. During
commissioning the CSD engineer withholds the right to dismiss
contractor engineers that are unqualified or unsafe in their work
for the sake of project progress or personnel safety. The
contractors staff shall also include a Qualified Coordination
Engineer with commissioning experience preferably in the SEC
network. The coordinators responsibilities shall include but are
not limited to the following:
i. Preparation of three week schedules and minimizing
conflicting activities
ii. Follow up and update of the master commissioning
schedule
iii. Snag follow up and clarifications (including discussions
with the project manager, the commissioning engineer, or
the supplier / manufacturer)
iv. Follow up of the site instruction and status of the punchlist
v. Resolving any issues or clarifications that arise with the
approved final setting.
vi. Making sure all equipment that require a final setting have
timely submittals to prevent the delay of commissioning
vii. The ability to instruct his staff in proper test procedures
and good experience in testing and commissioning.
viii. Supervising the drawing mark up process and making sure
it is correct and completed before project handover.
ix. Following up site instructions or snags associated with
design alterations requested by the commissioning
engineer, and acquiring proper documentation, design
approval and drawing corrections in order to continue the
activity.
3.0 WITNESSING COMMENCEMENT
After confirmation of all the items of Section 2.1.2, witnessing can begin after two weeks.
3.1 Commissioning File
The Commissioning engineer/technician shall have a Commissioning File for each
substation; the File shall include at minimum:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Any items contrary to SEC Standards, SOW, workmanship and safety will be
reflected in the deficiency section of the Register File. (Attachment No. 2)
The Register File has two sections; one section belongs to the activities (Attachment
No. 3) along with the single line diagram to help an engineer to visualize the project
and the other section for the deficiencies.
After one week from the registration of a deficiency in the book, all outstanding
items will be sent to the Project Engineer via Site Instructions/Records (Attachment
No. 4)
Weekly, there is a Safety & Coordination meeting where the CSD engineer and the
contractor commissioning engineer will review their safety performance and
coordinate next weeks activities. (Attachment No. 5)
Bi-weekly, the status of the punch list has to be issued by the contractor on the SEC
format. (Attachment No. 6)
One month prior to the scheduled energizing of the equipment, the categorized
deficiency list shall be issued by the commissioning personnel to identify the items
which must be corrected prior to energization. (Attachment No. 7)
The time utilization statistics sheet must be filled in daily. The number of hours lost
should be filled correctly, see (Attachment No. 8).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHM
ENT NO.
1.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
2.
Register
Book/Deficiency
Record
3.
Register Book/Activity
Record
4.
Site Instructions
5.
6.
7.
Categorization of the
Punch List
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
4.0
Pre-Commissioning
Time Utilization
Statistic Sheet
Uncontrollable Project
Delay Form
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
The contents of the S.I. can be categorized under various headings as noted below. The
common Snags/Punch list mentioned will be issued once in one S.I. for the whole substation
and repetition of the same for different bays shall be avoided.
4.1 Equipment not fit for Service
This consists of the following deficiencies relating to protection, metering and control
equipment.
Missing equipment.
Physical damage to the equipment.
Rating is not matching with relevant specifications.
Equipment with internal fault causing incorrect test results.
The equipment is not on the SEC Approved Manufacturers List.
4.2 Deviations from SEC Specifications
Examples are listed as follows:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Alarm does not operate due to very fast resetting of main protection relay contacts.
Auto re-closing scheme does not work correctly due to like failure of synchrocheck relay, inadequate duration of start pulse, etc.
Color-coded cables shall be used for control and/or alarm functions and (as per
existing specifications).
Quality of printing and the placement of ferrules are poor in many cases.
While terminating cables, the contractor does not leave any margin inside/outside
the panel for re-terminating the cables in another location in the same panel, in case
it is required.
While laying cables, segregation is not maintained section-wise, so that in case of
fire in one section the other sections will also be affected.
Paralleling of alarms is done with software, whereas it is necessary to do this with
help of wiring for system reliability.
Equipment lists do not correlate with the installed equipment and details such as
ordering number and the numbers of NO/NC contacts, etc., are not correct.
More than one earth point has been made for the CTs feeding the unit protection,
e.g., Restricted Earth fault, Differential, Breaker Failure and Bus bar protection.
From the maintenance point of view the access to relay terminal blocks is very
important; some contractors do not pay enough attention to this.
Positive (+), Negative (-) and trip marked in red are not provided on the relevant
wires.
Contractors do not allocate fault recorder channels as per SEC specifications.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
The pilot wire protection 87PW is commissioned with reverse pilot; this will lead to
indiscriminate tripping.
The DEF relay for one circuit is commissioned with wrong direction this will lead
to indiscriminate tripping of the circuit.
All alarms and trips for Aux. Tr. Should be added in scheme
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.3 PURPOSE
Purpose of this form is to set norms to assure safe work environment and a proper
coordination between the entire parties.
5.4 POLICY
Safety and loss prevention plan must be given top priority over all other activities during
project so that no loss should occur to manpower and equipment. So its constant revision
and updating is necessary. Also progress of work schedule and clearance of
deficiencies/punch list should be regularly monitored so that project may complete in due
time.
6.0 TECHNICAL PROBLEM REPORT
Some problems that arise during testing and commissioning are not limited to a single
substation.
The problem may involve:
A common manufacturer defect
A common misunderstanding of SEC standards, specifications, and contractual terms on
the contractors behalf
A common malpractice by the witness engineer / technician or misunderstanding of the
approved test procedures or misapplication of these procedures.
A safety or protection problem in typical substation design or contradiction of issued
SEC standards
In these situations, the procedural use of a deficiency record and possibly a site
instruction will rectify the situation in that specific substation. However, to prevent this
problem from occurring in future installations, the commissioning engineer / technician
is required to issue a Technical Problem Report.
Technical problem reports (TPR) shall conform to the following:
The technical problem report will be issued on a standard format, see Attachment 10.
The technical problem report does not eliminate the need to follow up the problem
with a snag and site instruction at the incident substation/ project.
The report shall include a clear description of the problem.
The report shall include a history of occurrences in other projects and associated
documentation (snags / SI).
All relevant materials (manuals, manufacturer letters of clarification, formal
communication with the contractor, fault records and analysis reports etc) to be
attached with the report as supporting documents.
The report shall be sent to the technical support and coordination division to inform
them of the problem.
The technical support and coordination division is responsible for archival,
circulation and follow up the report with the relevant departments in SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
The contractor is responsible to make three good colored copies from final updated
marked up commissioning copy at the end of commissioning stage in order to
expeditiously finalize the as-built drawings without using the substation marked-up
drawing. The three copies of the marked up commissioning copy shall be
distributed as the following:
SEC protection & testing division copy.
SEC commissioning Serviced Department copy, to be used for review and
verification of the As-built drawings before issuing the Final As-Built.
Contractor copy to prepare the as-built drawing.
The original final updated marked up commissioning copy will remain in the substation
for maintenance purposes till the completion of final As-Built Drawings.
The contractor may want to keep one copy of substation schematics without mark-up for
emergency use or replacement of lost drawings.
7.5
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
8.4
POLICY
CSD is committed to the timely completion of commissioning of transmission projects
with high quality standards. In view the above; any uncontrollable project delay as delay
of energization or outage shall be documented. Uncontrollable delay event period shall
be calculated and the cause of the event shall be investigated and accordingly the
required action to overcome such event shall be taken.
TCSP105R01/TMA
The status of the Punch List (A, B) for which A refers to any deficiency requiring
an outage to clear it or equipment damage or a safety requirements. B is any
deficiency other than A.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Within the context of continuous process improvement, the Pre-commissioning Test Procedure
itself may require a revision or an update from time to time. This will mainly be due to:
We have supplied a Procedure Improvement Form (Attachment No. 18) in this procedure for
the purpose of documenting and then implementing the improvement requests. This form is to
be filled out indicating the portion of the procedure to be revised, the comments on the existing
procedure, the type of improvement desired (correction, elaboration, addition). Any related
documents (standards, designs, test formats, manuals) that are the basis of this request are to be
attached with the form and sent to the Technical Support & Coordination Division in the
Commissioning Services Department for their information and action.
13.0
ATTACHMENTS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 1
Joint Site Visit Checklist
Commissioning Services Department
Contract No.
Project Title /
Substation Number
Date of visit
S.N
Requirements before starting of SEC witnessing:
YES
1 Site Conditions
a. Testing area is free from all construction activities.
b. Adequate cleanliness and housekeeping.
c. There is no safety hazard in the testing area and its vicinity.
d. Stable power supply is available for testing purpose.
e. Adequate cooling/heating arrangement as the case may be, is
available in the control room.
f. Adequate lighting is provided to safely carry out the testing
activities.
g. Availability of SEC commissioning staff office(two officecomputer-printer- telephone internet - cupboard)
h. Conference room and meeting facilities
i. Required facilities for commissioning (table -chairs-suitable and
safe furniture)
j. Completion of major civil works including grounding
k. No disturbances like sound of drilling, hammering, cable pulling
and other such activity are not allowed at the place of testing when
witness testing is going on".
l. Completion testing grounding network.
m. Availability for emergency equipment's(First aids, fire fighting ,
etc)
2 MAIN EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES.
All main equipments ( power transformers - GIS - switchgear Auxiliary transformers - batteries - air conditions - fire fighting compressors if needed,...etc.), all panels ( control - relay - LCC - AVC
- BBP- ACSE- ACDB - DCDB - COMMUNICATION PNAELS HVAC, ... etc. ) And all protection relays, control, measuring, HMI,
network switches, bay control devices, computers, GPS, Ethernet and
fiber optic connections and serial connections ( for SAS ) must be
installed and connected.
3 Tools and Equipments
All the tools and equipments with valid calibration certificate shall be
available at site.
4 Documents
1. Commissioning File Including:a. Protection Requirement (PR)
b. Approved Operation Single Line Diagram(SLD) with CT&VT
c. Approved relays settings
NO
N/A
d. Site instruction
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
S.N
TCSP105R01/TMA
YES
NO
N/A
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
S.N
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 2
Register Book/Deficiency Record
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Project Title:
Sr.#
Substation Name/Number:
Deficiency
Issued by
Issued
Date
Status
* Assigned
Punch list/
Snag No.
* Date of
assigning
Punch list/
Snag
* S.I #
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 3
Register Book/Activity Record
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Project Title:
Sr.#
Date
Substation Name/Number:
Brief of the Activities
Contractor
Engineer
Name
Witnessed
by
Remarks
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 4
Site Instructions
Site Instructions / Records No. ______
Substation
Circuit
Contract No
Project Title
Contractor Name
Attention Mr.
Contractor
SEC
Issued by
Prepared by
Name
Sign
Job Title
TCSP105R01/TMA
PAGE N. 28 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 5
SAFETY & COORDINATION MEETING
Extra Pages:
Contract No.:
WEEK NUMBER :
MEETING DATE :
FORM:
WEEKLY SAFETY & COORDINATION MEETING
BI-WEEKLY SAFETY & COORDINATION MEETING
SAFET
Y
FILLED ON WEEKLY
& BI-WEEKLY BASIS
SAFETY SUBJECT:
YES
NO
2.
YES
NO
YES
NO
FILLED ON
BI-WEEKLY
BASIS ONLY
TCSP105R01/TMA
PAGE N. 29 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 6
STATUS OF PUNCHLIST
CONTRACT #:
S/S NAME/NUMBER:
S.I.
#
Snag/
Punch
list No.
PROJECT TITLE:
DATE:
Issued Date
Issued By
Expected Time of
Completion
Confirmed By
Commissioning
Personnel
Commissioning Eng.
Contractor
Name:
Name:
Name:
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Date:
Date:
Date:
To be filled by the Contractor
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remark
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 7
CATEGORIZATION OF THE PUNCHLIST
CONTRACT #:
PROJECT TITLE:
DATE:
S/S NAME/NUMBER
:
S.I.
#
Snag/
Punch
list No.
Type of
Deficiency
Issued
Date
Issued By
A or B
Date to be
Completed by the
Contractor
Remarks
Name:
Name:
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Date:
Date:
To be filled by Commissioning engineer/technician prior one month from the Energization.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Date:
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 8
PRE-COMMISSIONING TIME UTILIZATION STATISTIC SHEET
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Contract No.:
Project Title:
Substation Name/Number:
Date:
Sr#
Initial
By
Date
Time Spent by
Comm.
Personnel
From
To
Hrs
Time Lost
Description
of the Job
Time
Lost
Hrs.
SEC
CSD PMD
SOD
Contractors
Others
Test
Equip
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
Staff
Exper.
Staff
NA
Others
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 9
UNCONTROLLABLE PROJECT DELAY
Extra Pages:
Date Issued by CSD:
Contract No.:
Project Title:
Project Time:
Commissioning starting date
Event starting
date
Event Clearing
date
Duration (Day)
Completion
date
Period
(Day)
Previous
%
Current
%
Total
%
CONTRACTOR
SCADA
OUTAGE
PROJECT
MANAGMENT
OTHER
DESCRIBTION OF ELONGATION EVENT:
Comments:
Division:
____________
______________________
TCSP105R01/TMA
Date:
___________
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 10
TECHNICAL PROBLEM REPORT
Project Title:
Problem Description :
Problem Consequences :
Previous History :
Attachment :
Detail Report
Drawing
Others
Signature :
ISSUED DATE :
ACCEDED BY
:
Commissioning
Division
Manager
Signature :
ACCEDED
DATE :
FILLED BY TSCD
ISSUED BY :
Problem Classification:
Design
Material specifications
Implementation
OTHERS
Recommendation & Solution :
TCSP105R01/TMA
Date
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 11
CONFIRMATION OF APPLIED FINAL SETTINGS
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Substation
SL
Report #
Panel / Circuit
Date
Setting
Applied
(Visual
Inspection)
Test Results
Final
Setting
Final Trip
Remarks
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Engineer
Date
Signature
Setting Confirmed
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 12
FINAL PRE-COMMISSIONING REPORT
COMMISSIONING SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
S/S NAME/NUMBER
The following items have to be confirmed at the end of the pre commissioning tests:
ITEMS
YES
NO
N/A
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 13
READINESS OF ENERGIZATION REPORT
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Date Initiated:
Date Received:
Project Title:
o Facility Name/Number :
Extra Pages :
Contact No:
We have checked the subject project related activities and verified status of conformance to the
mandatory requirements that are shown below and list below our findings and comments.
Mandatory Requirements & Conformance Status
o Marked up drawings have been completed
o The final Relays Settings have been applied, its test results have been signed and print
out of all final settings for all digital relays have been available.
o All Tests Results Sheets are available
o Punch-list items of Status A (require modification or shutdown) have been cleared.
o SOE Report is received.
o Operational and maintenance manuals are received.
o Final Trip Tests (through the relay contact) conform.
Comments:
Commissioning head
engineer.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Project Management
Rep.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Conclusion:
Agree to Energize
Do Not Agree to Energize unless the following tasks are completed
Division
Signature:
Date:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 14
COMMISSIONING TIME REDUCTION AGREEMENT
Agreement to Reduce Time of Pre-Commissioning (Optional)
AGREEMENT BETWEEN SEC AND CONTRACTOR TO REDUCE
PRE-COMMISSIONING TIME FOR _____________PROJECT
UNDER CONTRACT NO. ________________
Date & Place: _________________
In order to reduce pre-commissioning time for __________Project, the following agreement is
being made between SEC and the contractor.
1. Site Conditions
The following shall be ensured at site before start of SEC witnessing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Approved drawings bearing very clear name and signature of the approving authority with
approval stamp on each sheet along with complete approval correspondence.
The manuals giving detailed test procedure of each equipment, technical data of all
electrical equipment, factory test records of all equipment, cable schedules, equipment
interconnection wiring schedule and wiring tables/diagrams.
SEC approved test procedure and test formats carrying approval stamp with name and
signature of the approving authority.
The project specifications and protection requirements.
List of deviations from SEC specs and SEC approval letters for the same.
4. Relay Settings
a.
The contractor shall submit his proposed relay settings for all settable relays one month
before starting of pre-commissioning witnessing.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
SEC-Engineering Protection Division shall provide final approved settings before precommissioning witnessing is started.
Pre-commissioning witnessing will not be started in the absence of approved relay settings,
in order to avoid re-setting.
Commissioning Program.
Overall testing commissioning program indicating requirements of Protection, Testing,
Operation, Maintenance and SCADA witness engineers with duration shall be furnished
to SEC for approval.
A three-week testing program based on the approved overall program shall be submitted
every Tuesday indicating the proposed activities for the following two weeks and this
program will indicate activities completed in the current week and the reasons for not
completing any planned activity and its impact on the overall program with proposed
remedial measures.
5. Pre-commissioning Procedures
Pre-commissioning of all equipment shall be carried out in line with SEC Pre-commissioning
Procedure and in line with this agreement.
6. Testing and Commissioning Engineers
a.
b.
Secondary injection of all the aux. Relays, MCBs, Timers and O/C or E/F relay.
CTs magnetic curves.
AC/DC Distribution boards.
All VTs.
The contractor shall prepare the detailed test procedure and format to perform the
functional tests.
The contractor shall carry out on his own 100% functional tests for all relay panels, control
panels, LCCs, AVC panels and transformer-marshalling kiosk etc. The tests shall ensure the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Required number of spare annunciator windows is available on the control and LCC
panels.
The accessibility to every equipment terminal is maintained.
Complete DC isolation for both protection schemes.
Every abnormality in the substation is indicated in the form of annunciator, relay
flag, LED or lamp, etc.
Voltage rating of all indicating lamps is 25% higher than substation DC supply.
All wires are properly identified.
All DC functional checks and the test results for the same shall be tabulated in special
formats and this format shall include the following items:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
The contractor will use yellow color to indicate the schemes, which have been
checked, red color for addition and green color for deletion.
The contractor shall prepare detailed test record for all the equipment mentioned
under (I IV) and submit to SEC.
The contractor shall prepare detailed test record for all the functional tests
mentioned under V. and submit to SEC.
The contractor will be fully responsible for all the above-mentioned tests under (IV) in all respects. If the contractor fails to carry out these tests properly, he will retest all these under 100% SEC witnessing.
The defective equipment if any shall be logged by serial number and location /
designation number and will be promptly replaced.
The protection scheme and control problems shall be cleared from problems to
present them for witness
Three sets of marked up drawings with all the modifications incorporated in red
color for addition, green color for deletion and yellow color to indicate the checked
scheme will be made available before starting witnessing.
b.
TCSP105R01/TMA
The SEC witnessing personnel will select 20% of the equipment covered under I-IV
and the contractor will test all this equipment under SEC witnessing. SEC
commissioning personnel will sign only those test results which will be done under
his presence.
SEC witnessing engineer/technician will do sample test by 20% of each type of
panels with minimum of 1 of each type. The contractor will carry out all the
functional tests as mentioned under V for these sample-selected panels under
witnessing of SEC commissioning personnel. SEC engineer will sign only those test
results, which will be done under his presence. SEC engineer has the right to
Date of Approval: July 09, 2011
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
witness complete bay in respect of all panels, i.e., LCC, relay and control panels,
etc.
8. 100% Witnessing by SEC
The following tests shall be 100% witnessed by SEC:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
Secondary injection of all main protection relays except O/C and E/F relays.
Auxiliary or lockout relays used as trip relays.
Final settings of all substation timers.
All indicating and recording meters.
All transducers.
Primary injection and stability and sensitivity test of all unit protections, i.e., BBP,
transformer differential and REF protection and underground cable protection, etc.
Final trip tests, closing tests, SCADA alarm tests. End to end tests, operation and
interlock checks and on-load tests, etc.
All tests relating to the fault recorder.
RCT, CT insulation, Lead resistance, CT polarity and Single Point Grounding.
VT polarity, VT ratio and VT circuit.
All tests relating to GIS, switchgear, auxiliary transformers, power transformers,
underground cables and battery and battery chargers.
AC/DC changeover and supervision scheme tests.
All tests relating to signaling equipment.
High voltage tests relating to GIS, transformer and underground cable, etc. as
applicable.
10.
b.
TCSP105R01/TMA
The test record formats will be duly signed by the contractors testing engineer and
SEC Commissioning personnel simultaneously at the completion of formats for any
test. No formats shall be left unsigned for signing next day for quite obvious
reasons.
SEC Commissioning personnel shall clear the snags after confirming satisfactory
completion and such clearance shall not be deferred to a later date in any case.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
11.
12.
13.
The contractor will submit complete test record to SEC. This test record will include all the
tests conducted by the contractor on his own and all those tests conducted by him under
SEC witnessing.
This agreement can also be applied by the contractor to other substations under the same
contract.
This agreement will be considered null and void at the end of Contract No. _________ and
the contractor will have to make a fresh agreement for any other contract/substation in the
future.
For SEC
Names
Signature
For Contractor
Names
Signature
PMD
CSD
Contract No.
Project Title.
Date:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 15
CHECK-LIST
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
For SEC
Names
Signature
For Contractor
Names
REMARKS
Signature
PMD
CSD
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ATTACHMENT NO. 16
Contractors Performance Report
COMMISSIONING SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Contract No.
Contractor Name.
Project Title.
Substation Name/Number:
EVALUATE THE CONTRACTORS PERFORMANCE BY CIRCLING APPROPRIATE NUMBER
CATEGORY
VERY
SATISFA NEEDS UNSATISFACTO
GOOD
GOOD
CTORY IMPROV
RY
.
QUALITY OF
19
15
11
25
21
THE WORK
AVAILBILTY
22
19
16
13
10
Of QUALIFIED
TESTING ENG.
PUNCTUALITY
20
17
15
12
9
SAFTEY
15
13
11
9
7
COOPERATIO
10
9
7
6
5
N
AVAILABILIT
Y OF PROPER
TOOLS AND
8
7
6
5
4
TEST
EQUIPMENT
10092-80
79-68
6753-46
TOTAL POINTS
93
54
FURTHER REMARKS
( )
Evaluated By (Comm. Eng)
:
SIGNATURE:
NAME
DATE
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
.
Attachment 17
Procedure Improvement Form
Pages
Item #
Addition
Correction/
Review
Comments
From
To
Elaboration
This form to be forwarded to the Technical Support & Coordination Division in the Commissioning Services Department
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Attachment 18
Fault report
.
Affected Equipments
Equipment name
Substation
Trip time
Restoration time
Relays target
3. Incident Description:
4. Conclusion
5. Action Taken
6. Recommendation
Name
Job Title
Section
Date
Reported By
Approved by:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
47
49
53
56
57
58
60
61
63
65
66
67
74
78
79
80
83
86
88
89
90
92
94
96
98
100
101
PAGE NO. 47 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
102
103
105
108
118
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Check the impact Recorder for any abnormal impact during Transportation.
2.
Check all components are installed.
Check quality of paint, lifting lugs, quality of weld areas rust spots and
3.
wheel stoppers.
Check nameplates information ( visible place )as per contract
4.
specifications
5.
Check tightness of all bolts (torque wrench method).
Check that all groundings are securely connected.
6.
(at least two grounding points to main tank are available)
7.
Check that the piping to Buchholz relay has proper slop.
8.
Check that the tank pressure is positive.( if applicable )
Check the valves between the tank and radiator
9.
(To be open).
Check the HV LV and Tertiary (if applicable) bushing for any damage
10.
and completeness.
11. Check the color and quantity of silica gel in breather and oil pot level.
Check phase marking in cable box and it should match with GIS and
12.
cables.
13. Check all pipes hoses and fan protection (not rubber or plastic).
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
20. Check that the oil sampling devices are reachable from ground level
21. Check oil level in main tank, conservator, tap changer tank and bushing etc.
22. Bleed trapped air at the bushing turrets and tank top.
Check flow of oil in flow meter in correct direction and proper rate (if
23.
applicable)
24. Check all external wiring for correctness and tightness.
Check on line insulating oil dissolved gas and moisture monitoring system
25.
(if installed )
26. Check that the temperature sensors oil well is two thirds filled with oil.
33kV Load Break Switch Panel with HRC fuses for 33kV Station
27.
Transformer
28. Neutral Grounding Transformer or Reactor
Check that the each optical feed through unit is properly connected to the
29.
ports of Hot spot temperature measuring device
Internal inspection of the transformer before installation of the high side
30. bushing of new transformer in order to inspect the upper yoke for any bents
on the core and paint particles found.
3.1.2
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
(Standard reference. IEC 60076, SEC Specifications 53-TMSS)
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Core Insulation Resistance at 1 kV DC.
Winding Insulation Resistance and Polarization Index test at 5 kV DC.
Winding Resistance (DC) test ( at all taps ) (winding temperature shall be
recorded, winding resistance shall be referred to 75C)
Excitation Current measurements from primary side at each tap by
applying 220 or 380 VAC on the HV terminal keeping the LV winding
open.
Insulation power factor test for oil and bushing at 10 kV ac
Polarity, vector relationship and % Impedance test at normal tap
Winding temperature indicator to be calibrated by heating the sensor in oil
bath and check against standard thermometer. Also check by current
injection, Check pick up/ Drop off of contacts:
- Fan, oil pump, alarm, trip contacts.
Proper setting as per drawing to be applied and tested.
Oil temperature indicator to be calibrated by heating the sensor in oil bath
and check against standard thermometer. Setting as per drawing to be
applied and tested.
Percentage impedance (Short circuit impedance) test at lower tap, normal
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
DESCRIPTION
Check for current and voltage ratings of all motors for tap changer, oil
filtering unit and fans match to SEC standard supply. MCBs for protection
are set at proper over load settings
Fan motors current (starting, running, one phase removal and locked rotor)
shall be measured and checked against rating .check if wiring size suitable
to carry the current.
Check fan running direction to get air flow towards radiator and Phase
sequence of supply voltage to fan motors circuits is correct.
MCBs in marshalling kiosk to be checked by current injection each pole for
alarm and trip.
On load Tap Changer checking
check current and voltage ratings of tap changer motor
a. Raise / Lower Control (Local Remote) and indication.
b. End of Tap Travel Control.
c. End of winding travel control (both ends).
d. Check that the windings are not open circuit during tap changing.
e. Check OLTC manual operation by hand crank
f. Check insertion of hand crank automatically prevent electrical
motor drive operation.
g. Check OLTC tap position indicator& operation counter
h. OLTC motor load current to be measured for future reference
purposes
i. Check all transmitters
Bushing Current Transformer
a. Polarity test
b. Insulation Resistant test
c. Secondary Winding Resistant (All windings and all taps).
d. Current Ratio test
Magnetization Characteristics (Minimum 5 points below and 2
points above the knee point.
f. Verify secondary circuits, Terminals to Terminal.
g. Burden Test.
h. Demagnetize CT cores after all tests.
i. Ensure that No open circuit at Secondary side.
Functional Check of the following :a. Liquid Level indicator (alarm/ trip) as applicable.
b. Oil Temperature Device: Fans / pumps (stop, start alarm/ trip)
c. Winding Temperature Device (alarm/ trip).
d. Buchholz Relay (alarm/ trip).
e. Oil / Gas Surge (pressure) relay (alarm/ trip).
f. Pressure Relief Device (alarm/ trip).
g. Rapid Pressure (Rise) Relay as per manufacturer testing procedure (if
applicable).
h. On line insulating oil dissolved gas and moisture monitoring system.
i. Humidity/thermo meters for the heater of local panel are at correct
settings.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
DESCRIPTION
Insulation Oil Test :per 54-TMSS-01
Prior to energization, contractor should submit test report for
insulation sample tested in an independent lab. For the following :
a. Dielectric strength
i) ASTM D877 ( 2.5mm Gap ) for unprocessed oil and
for OLTC oil
ii) ASTM D1816 ( 1 mm gap )for oil in main tank
b. Neutralization Number ( ASTM D974 )
c. Interfacial Tension ( ASTM D971 )
d. Color ( ASTM D1500 )
e. Moisture Content (ASTM D1533 A)
f. Power Factor Test ( ASTM D 924 )
g. Dissolved Gas in Oil Analysis (ASTM D3612)
h. (Dielectric Dissipation Factor, Resistivity, Sediment and / OR
Perceptible Sludge).
i. For transformer with Cellulosic insulating material, perform
sulfuric contents detection test as per ASTM D1275 method
B.
Another oil sample shall be given to SEC transmission for their own
analysis and compression purpose
The oil sample should be taken by contractor using syringe from the oil
valve.
A main tank insulation oil sample for dissolved gas analysis shall
be taken immediately prior to first energizing a power transformer
and another sample three days after continuous energization.
Frequency responses test if the transformer has been severely
shocked during shipping. For all transformer frequency response
and inrush current test.
Zero sequence impedance test
Insulation resistance of control wires (1000 VDC for one minute)
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.2
Shunt Reactors
(Standard Reference is IEC 60076-6 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications58-TMSS-01)
3.2.1
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1.
Check the impact recorder for any abnormal impact during transportation.
2.
Check all components are installed.
3.
Check for quality of paint, lifting lugs, quality of weld areas, rust spots and
wheel stoppers.
4.
Check nameplates information (visible location) as per contract
specifications.
5.
Check tightness of all bolts (torque wrench method).
6.
Check that all grounding is securely connected (two grounding connections
to main tank are required).
7.
Check that the piping to Buchholz relay has proper slope.
8.
Check that the tank pressure is positive, if applicable.
9.
Check that the valves between the main tank and radiators are open.
10. Check the bushings for any damage and completeness.
11. Check for correct color and quantity of desiccant (moisture absorbing media)
in breather. Check for correct breather oil level.
12. Check heaters and humidity meters in local panel are at correct settings.
13. Check that phase marking in cable box matches with GIS and cables.
14. Check all pipes, hoses and fan protection (not rubber or plastic).
15. Check the vertical and horizontal clearances of live parts to adjacent
grounded points conform to standard.
16. Check integrity of diaphragm/air bag in the conservator.
17. Perform all of the manufacturers specific checks.
18. Check labeling of all auxiliary devices as per approved drawing.
19. Check proper operation of auxiliary devices as follows:
a. Cooling fans/pumps (for all settings).
b. Oil level gauges.
c. Top oil temperature gauges.
d. Buchholz relay by gas injection.
e. Winding temperature gauges.
f. Ensure correct operation of the Pressure Relief Device micro-switch.
g. Push buttons and indicators.
h. Oil sampling port (main tank).
i. Upper and lower main tank valves.
20. Check Oil leakage by applying 0.35 bar (35kPa) over pressure for 24 hrs.
21. Check that the oil sampling valves for the main tank are accessible from
ground level.
22. Check oil level in main tank, conservator and bushings, etc. Test the oil
level gauges and their alarms.
23. Bleed trapped air at the bushing turrets and radiators.
24. Check that the each optical feed through unit is properly connected to the
ports of Hot spot temperature measuring device
25. Check all external wiring for correctness and tightness.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.2.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Core Insulation Resistance Test at 1 kV DC
2.
Winding Insulation Resistance Measurement Test and Polarization Index
(P.I.) Test at 5 kV DC.
3.
Winding Resistance Test. (winding temperature shall be recorded; winding
resistance shall be referred to 75C).
4.
Inductance Measurement.
5.
Impedance Measurement.
6.
Winding temperature device to be calibrated by heating the sensor in oil bath
and checking against standard thermometer. Also check by current injection.
Setting as per approved drawing to be applied and tested.
7.
Oil temperature device to be calibrated by heating the sensor in oil bath and
check against standard thermometer. Setting as per approved drawing to be
applied and tested.
8.
Insulation power factor test for oil and bushing at 10 kV AC.
9.
Bushing Current Transformer Tests:
a. Polarity.
b. Insulation Resistance.
c. Secondary Winding Resistance (all windings and all taps).
d. Current Ratio (inject current)
e. Magnetization Characteristics (minimum five points below and two
points above the knee point).
f. Verify secondary circuits, terminal to terminal.
g. Burden Test.
Demagnetize CT cores after all tests. Ensure no open circuit on CT
secondary side.
10. Functional Checks for the Following:
a. Liquid level (alarm and trip).
b. Top Oil Temperature Device: fans/pumps (stop, start alarm and trip).
c. Winding Temperature Device. (alarm / trip) as applicable.
d. Buchholz Relay (alarm and trip).
e. Pressure Relief Device (alarm and trip)
f. Humidity/thermo meters for the heater of local panel are at correct
settings.
11. Insulating Oil Tests:
Prior to energization, the contractor should submit insulating oil test reports
tested at an independent laboratory, for the following:
a. Dielectric Strength
i. ASTM D 877 (2.5 mm gap) for unprocessed oil
ii. ASTM D 1816 (1.0 mm gap) for oil in main tank
b. Neutralization Number (ASTM D 974)
c. Interfacial Tension (ASTM D 971)
d. Color (ASTM D 1500)
e. Moisture Content (ASTM D 1533)
f. Power Factor Test (ASTM D 924)
g. Dissolved Gas in Oil Analysis (ASTM D3 612)
h. (Dielectric Dissipation Factor, Resistivity, Sediment and/or Perceptible
Sludge).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
12.
13
14.
DESCRIPTION
i. Add Corrosive Sulfur test report
Another oil sample shall be given to SEC transmission for their own
analysis and comparison purposes. A syringe oil sample shall be
taken by contractor.
Cooling system checks and measure for fan motors and pumps (as
applicable), etc., for current, supply voltage and air flow direction.
Frequency responses test if the reactor has been severely shocked during
shipping.
Insulation resistance of control wires (1000 VDC for one minute)
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.3
Bushings
(Standard Reference is IEC 60137 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 52TMSS, 53-TMSS)
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.4
Surge Arrestors
(Standard Reference is relevant is IEC 60099-4 and SEC Transmission Specifications35-TMSS-01)
3.4.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
3.
For multi-unit stacks, check that the physical arrangement of the units are
erected according to the manufacturers specifications.
4.
Check that all grounding cables are correctly and securely connected. The
Grounding Cable size should be checked.
5.
Check name plate information for correctness as per SEC specifications.
6.
Check that impulse counter and leakage current meter glasses are not broken or
cracked.
3.4.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Check calibration of leakage current meters.
2.
Insulation resistance test at 5 kV DC.
3.
Power factor test at 10 kV AC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.5
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
Check the Impact recorder for any abnormal impacts during transportation (if
applicable).
2.
Check for LV Side Air Circuit Breaker before cable at transformer side. If
applicable.
3.
Check for Danger Plate Warning installation.
4.
Check earthing, color, painting, external damage, oil leakage, wheel stopper,
cable connection and bolt tightness, etc.
5.
Check nameplate data against contract specifications.
6.
Perform all special checks according to the manufacturers instructions.
7.
Check oil level in HV side cable box and its oil level indicator or HV fuses (if
applicable).
8.
Check that the off load tap-changer is set at the nominal voltage tap.
9.
Check all devices are labeled correctly as per drawing.
3.5.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Check LV side MCCB setting as per transformer current rating
2.
Ratio Test (all taps), Insulation resistance measurement test on all windings and
polarization index (P.I.) test. test at 5kV DC
3.
Polarity and Vector Group symbols confirmation Test.
4.
Check oil level and its indicator alarms.
5.
Check oil temperature gauge by oil bath method and its alarms.
6.
Check LV and HV side phases match with the LV bus bar phasing in the
distribution panels and with the main transformer phases.
7.
Check phasing at the automatic transfer switch (as applicable )
8.
Winding resistance measurement (at all taps).
9.
Excitation current test (all taps). (Oil temperature shall be recorded; winding
resistance shall be referred to 75C).
10. Back energization test at rated voltage for 15 minutes.
11. Perform functional tests of all auxiliary devices (as applicable )
12 Oil dielectric test at site shall not be less than 50kV at 2.5 mm gap.
13. Insulating Oil Tests:
Prior to energization, the contractor should submit insulating oil test reports
tested at an independent laboratory, for the following:
a. Dielectric Strength
i. ASTM D 877 (2.5 mm gap) for unprocessed oil
ii. ASTM D 1816 (1.0 mm gap) for oil in main tank
b. Neutralization Number (ASTM D 974)
c. Interfacial Tension (ASTM D 971)
d. Color (ASTM D 1500)
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Moisture Content (ASTM D 1533)
Power Factor Test (ASTM D 924)
Dissolved Gas in Oil Analysis (ASTM D3 612)
(Dielectric Dissipation Factor, Resistivity, Sediment and/or Precipitable
Sludge).
Another oil sample shall be given to SEC transmission for their own analysis
and comparison purposes. The oil sample should be taken by contractor.
REMARKS
e.
f.
g.
h.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.6
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
TEST DESCRIPTION
Check nameplate data against contract specifications.
Check the value of resistance and current ratings against the specifications.
Checks that the external earth connection to main earth is copper wire at
least 240 mm2 in size.
Test on NER HV side associated CT & power cable.
Inside visual inspection for any insulator broken.
Main circuits Resistance measurement test.
Insulation resistance measurement test. at 5kV DC
Cleaning of all internal as well as external to NER before energization.
Check identification and function of NER isolator (if applicable).
Check that the enclosure earth terminal and resistor earth terminal are
separate to allow the possibility of disconnection during testing.
Check the grounding resistance of the enclosure earth terminal and resistor
earth terminal.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
>=1000meg
aohms
< 2 ohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.7
Current Transformers
(Standard Reference is IEC 60044-1 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 50TMSS-01, TES-P-119.28)
Note that Bushing current transformer tests and inspections are covered in the sections
relating to the equipment into which they are installed.
3.7.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
3.
Check that outdoor secondary wiring terminations are installed in moisture
proof enclosures.
4.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
5.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
6.
Check secondary wiring is correctly color coded and size of wires is as
specified.
7.
Check proper lugs have been used on terminations according to SEC
specification (ring type lugs).
8.
Check CT locations physically and secondary terminal labeling has been done
correctly.
3.7.2
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
Magnetizing current test
2.
Winding resistance measurement. (Ambient temperature shall be recorded;
winding resistance shall be referred to 75C).
3.
Polarity test or flick test with battery.
4.
Ratio test by current primary injection.
5.
Insulation resistance test, as following:
a. Primary to ground 5kV DC for one minute.
b. Primary to secondary 2.5kV DC for one minute.
c. Secondary to ground and core to core 1kV DC for one minute.
6.
Loop resistance measurement test (burden test).
7.
Phase identification test.
8.
Verify secondary circuits, terminals, shorting/isolating links by primary
injection of CTs. Installation of ct direction is as per the approved drawings and
required weather proof labels are available, and check single point earth for each
CT circuit.
9.
Insulation power factor test (live tank CTs-110 kV and above if applicable).
10. High voltage test:
During normal HV tests on switchgear or GIS the CTs are included in the HV
test. CT secondaries shall be shorted to ground and isolated from relays and
meters.
In case of LV/MV switchgear The in/out movement of VT
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
Trolley is smooth and no excessive efforts are required.
Test inter-core coupling for all bus differential CTs.
NOTE: During stability test of power transformer, test all BCT's (bushing
current transformers). That means primary injection test, turns ratio, check
secondary circuits related to BCT by checking short & isolate facility, measure
currents at each point of all loops and compare between measured values and
expected values.
Note: It is necessary to demagnetize the cores before each test,
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.8
Potential Transformers
(Standard Reference is IEC 60044-2 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 50TMSS-03, TES-P-119.28)
3.8.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connection.
Check that the HV connection does not transfer stress to the HV terminal.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolation and
grounding devices.
Check integrity of primary fuses (if applicable).
Check insulation liquid level and leakage (if applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT box. So that the
secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Gas leakage check for GIS VTs compartment
3.8.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Winding Resistance Test. (Ambient temperature shall be recorded; winding
resistance shall be referred to 75C).
2.
Insulation test as following:
Primary to ground 5kV DC for one minute.
Primary to secondary 2.5kV DC for one minute.
Secondary to ground and core to core 1kV DC for one minute.
3.
Ratio Test.
4.
Polarity Test.
5.
Primary and secondary fuses rating checks for (if applicable).
6.
Ensure VT is included in switchgear and GIS high voltage test.
7.
8.
9.
REMARKS
REMARKS
Test
voltage is
1.5Uo
(where Uo
is -N
voltage)
for 1
minute
For
electroma
gnetic
VTs, see
Table 1.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
Verify secondary circuits, terminal to terminal for correctness and tightness.
Loop resistance test and burden test.
Check gaps of protective flashover devices (if applicable).
Capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor (tan ), this test apply only to
transformers with liquid immersed primary winding insulation for 110 kV and
above
REMARKS
TABLE 1
SYSTEM
RATED
VOLTAGE
RATED LOAD
FACTOR
TEST VOLTAGE
(KV)
(KV)
11
13.8
33/34.5
69
110
115
132
230
380
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
9.5
12
28
60
95
99.5
114
199
329
TCSP105R01/TMA
FREQUENCY
60 Hz
TIME PERIOD
REMARKS
I Minute
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.9
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolation and
grounding devices (as applicable).
Check oil level (if applicable).
Check for oil leakage.
Check electromagnetic unit spark gaps for correct setting (if applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT MK. So that the
secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Check drain coils (if applicable).
3.9.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Winding Resistance Test.
2.
Insulation resistance tests HV TO G, LV TO G and HV TO LV using a one kV
insulation tester.
3.
Ratio Test.
4.
Polarity Test.
5.
Check HV neutral is solidly grounded.
6.
Check electrical operation of all isolating and grounding devices (if applicable).
7.
Check phase sequence, for the final three-phase assembly.
8.
Loop resistance and burden tests.
9.
Capacitance and dissipation factor measurement tests.
10. Insulation power factor test, 110 kV and above.
11. Check on fast damping device (FDD).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.10
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolating, grounding
and shorting devices (as applicable).
Check electromagnetic unit spark gaps for correct setting (if applicable).
Check drain coil unit spark gaps for correct setting (if applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT MK. So that the
secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Check wave trap mechanical assembly, bird screens, etc.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Remarks
2.
3.
Inspect enclosures for proper alignment and foundation fixing and grounding.
4.
11.
12.
13.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
17.
Permissible
Check SF6 gas at each gas section for air and moisture content after filling at Dew point
rated pressure.
is 35 oC
or lower.
Wrap
all
joints with
sealed
plastic
sheeting
Gas leaks test of all flanges and joints after erection and filling.
and test for
gas leakage
after
24
hours.
Calibrate gas pressure (density) gauges. Check the gauges have correct, legible
and readable scales.
Check the gauges have definite mark scale.
18.
14.
15.
16.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
Description
Check
operation
of
all
gas
density
switches (alarm trip signals and lockout
19.
functions). Confirm correct set points.
Check all wiring is colored according to approved drawings and
20.
specifications.
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, push buttons, switches,
21.
indicator lamps, mimic buses, etc.) are installed as per drawings, fixed
permanently and are correctly labeled.
22.
Verify that all operating devices are correctly labeled.
Perform mechanical checks and visual inspections on all component
equipment:
Circuit breakers.
23.
Current transformers.
Voltage transformers.
Disconnect and grounding switches.
Check that all phase marking and circuit labeling have been installed as per
24.
specifications.
Ensure that all disconnects switches are provided with viewing windows or
25.
mechanical indicators for verification of contact positions and that all
grounding switch positions can be visually verified from ground level.
26.
Verify that correct Dispatch Numbers have been installed.
Check the closed barriers at the ends of each gas zones are externally colored
27.
yellow or orange. The zone gas density gauges shall have zone marking plates
fixed over the gauges.
Check & confirm GIS VTs primary isolation device with manual operation
28.
provided, along with it monitoring system locally as well as on mimic diagram
in control room.
For hydraulic mechanisms the hydraulic system to be checked and assure that
29.
no leakage.
Check & confirm the three-phase test adaptor and bushing for HV test on GIS
30.
have been provided.
Check & confirm there are no any sharp edges for the cable trays or other
31.
metallic parts.
32.
Check GIS over pressure relief discs are not cracked or deformed.
Remarks
3.
4.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
Description
Remarks
Not
more
than 1.2 X
Rdesign with
components
(CBs,
disconnect,
etc.) in a
closed
position.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Verify the alarms being initiated by SF6 density gauges on LCC and up to
control room during calibration process.
17.
19.
Check that all cubicle space heaters and thermostats are functional and at
correct temperature control settings.
Perform all electrical tests on following GIS components as per
manufacturers instructions and SEC approved procedures
Circuit breakers.
Current transformers
Voltage transformers
Disconnect and grounding switches.
Functional test of trip free and anti pump circuits
20.
Check Minimum control voltage trip (60%) and close (80%) operations.
18.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
21.
22.
23.
24.
Description
Check spring charge time and motor currents at rated control voltage.
Remarks
25.
26.
Perform high voltage test at 10 kV AC for 1 minute on all groundingswitches external insulating bushings.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
The capacitance current (mA) should be measured at all voltage steps and compared with the
estimated value.
Estimated value of capacitance current = V 2 f C
V: the test voltage (V).
F: the frequency of the applied voltage (Hz).
C: the capacitance of GIS (get from the manufacturer) (F).
Procedure A (recommended for 170kV and below)
-
The switchgear shall be considered to have passed the test if each section has withstood the
specified test voltage without any disruptive discharge.
The partial discharge measurements within the limits (10 pC).
In the event of disruptive discharge occurring during dielectric tests on site, the test shall be
repeated.
Repetition tests
The procedure to be implemented following a disruptive discharge during dielectric tests on site may
depend on several factors which include:
-
Consideration of these and any other relevant factors should allow a procedure to be established and
agreed between the manufacturer and SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Table No. (2): On site partial discharge measurement (IEC 62271-203 @ 2003-11)
System with solidly earthed neutral
System without solidly earthed
Rated
neutral
voltage for
GIS (Ur )
Pre-stress
Test voltage for
Pre-stress
Test voltage for PD
kV
voltage
voltage
PD measurement
measurement
( 1 min) kV
( 1 min) kV
( > 1 min) kV
( > 1 min) kV
(HV test )
(HV test)
1.2 Ur
1.2 Ur / 3
1
123
200
85.21
200
147.6
2
145
235
100.45
235
174
3
245
380
169.74
380
294
4
420
515
290.9
515
504
Maximum permissible value for partial discharge is 10 pC
The procedures that should be done after the HV test finished successfully:
Test
time
kV
Min.
Hz
Capacitance current
(mA)
Phase Phase Phase
A
B
C
Partial discharge
measurement (pC)
Phase Phase Phase
A
B
C
remarks
Electrical conditioning*
Test voltage
Electrical conditioning*
Partial discharge voltage
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
2.
Description
Insulation resistance test of all wiring, cabling and auxiliary circuit in the
panels.
Functional test of all controls and interlocks.
3.
1.
Remarks
500 V DC
8.
The resistance
values from
panel to panel
should vary
no more than
15%.
Compare the
measured
Main circuit resistance test with the switchgear erected but not yet
resistance
connected to the cables. Perform with 100 ampere DC by micro-ohmmeter
values with
from panel to panel on each phase from cable spouts with all circuit breakers
factory test
racked in service and on position.
results. And
shall be
within +/20% of
factory test
reference (at
standard
temperature)
Check All AC/DC MCBS in the panel for correct ratings and their grading.
Trip test by current injection for one point on curve.
Insulation resistance test at 5 kV DC on all main circuit between phase to
phase and phase to ground (before HV test).
Perform electrical tests on all component equipment as per SEC approved
procedures:
Circuit breakers.
Current transformers.
Voltage transformers.
Disconnect and grounding switches.
Ensure the cable spouts are included in the high voltage tests
Insulation test on all wiring at 500 V DC.
9.
10.
11.
12.
4.
5.
6.
7.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
13.
Description
Functional test of remote, alarm and indications.
Remarks
14.
15.
16.
Check spring charge time and motor currents at rated control voltage.
17.
18.
19.
20.
For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and lockout
functions.
21.
For minimum oil breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric strength. ASTM
D-877 (with 2.5 mm gap)
22.
23.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Switchgear Ratings
11KV
13.8 kV
33 & 34.5 kV
TCSP105R01/TMA
AC Test Voltage
Time Period
25kV 60 Hz
60 Sec
30 kV 60 Hz
56 kV 60 Hz
60 Sec
60 Sec
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check bus arrangement for conformance with approved drawings.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check that all enclosure grounding is securely connected.
Inspect internal compartments for cleanliness (free from dust and moisture).
Check for watertight seals at joints including expanding interface points.
Check bus conductor support insulators for cracked insulation, chipped
porcelain, etc.
Check quality of paint work (inside and outside).
Check that ventilation opening are not blocked, and meet specified Degree of
Protection.
Moisture drain holes available at bottom of enclosure.
Check anti-condensation heaters mounted at the correct locations (bottom)
3.13.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Perform phasing checks. Ensure correct phase identification.
2.
Perform continuity check.
3.
Bus joint resistance test.
4.
5.
6.
REMARKS
REMARKS
Ductor at
100 A DC
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
DESCRIPTION
Inspect bus and support insulators for physical damage or defects.
Check bus physical arrangement for conformance with approved drawings.
Check bus connections for correct phasing and marking of phases.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check for proper phase to phase and phase to ground clearances.
Ensure that PT, etc., connections are flexible, to prevent transferring
expansion stress from the bus
3.14.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Measure resistance of bus section joints at 100 A DC.
2.
3.
REMARKS
REMARKS
Ductor at t
100 A DC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect bus for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings and that terminal
connections are secure.
Check quality of paintwork.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
REMARKS
Check breaker truck, rails, for proper alignment and smooth movement.
Check operation of all mechanical interlocks with associated disconnects,
grounding switches, racking truck mechanism, cubicle doors, etc.
Check for correct breaker position indication (breaker open/closed).
For minimum oil circuit breakers, check for correct oil level in each pole.
For SF6 breakers:
a. Check for correct SF6 pressure in each pole.
b. Check for gas leakage.
c. Calibrate SF6 pressure gauge.
d. Check operation of gas density switch (alarm and lockout functions).
e. Verify that all special filling adapters have been provided.
For motor/spring operation mechanisms:
a. Check manual spring charge operation.
b. Verify correct spring status indication (spring charged/discharged).
c. Perform all specific checks on the mechanism according to the
manufactures instructions.
For pneumatic operating mechanisms:
a. Check the compressor, air piping, valves, pressure gauges, air filter, water
trap and switches for damage, defects or blockage.
b. Calibrate the air pressure gauges.
c. Check the setting of air pressure switches (compressor start/stop, alarm,
and lockout).
d. Perform all specific checks on the compressed air system according to the
manufacturers instructions.
e. Check for correct direction of compressor rotation.
f. Check air-charging time.
g. Check safety relief valve operating pressure and resetting pressure.
h. Measure air consumption for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
i. Air storage test, perform as specified, the following without
replenishment: 5X CO, or O + CO + 3min. + CO
j. Air leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
14. For hydraulic operating mechanisms:
a. Check, the pump, piping, valves, gauges and switches for
damage/defects/blockage.
b. Bleed air from hydraulic system.
c. Calibrate the fluid pressure gauges.
d. Check the Nitrogen pre-charge pressure in accumulators.
e. Check for correct hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir.
f. Check the setting of air pressure switches (pump start/stop, alarm, and
lockout).
g. Perform all specific checks on the hydraulic system according to the
manufacturers instructions.
h. Check for oil leaks
i. Check pump-up time.
j. Check safety relief valve operating and resetting pressure.
k. Measure pressure drop for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
l. Stored energy test perform O + CO + 3min + CO without
replenishment.
m. Oil leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
n. Check operation of the nitrogen low pressure switch.
15. Verify that correct Dispatch Numbers have been installed.
3.15.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Measure resistance of main conducting circuits at 100 A DC.
Insulation resistance test of each breaker pole at 5 kV DC.
Insulation resistance test of all low voltage wiring and cabling.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Functional check of trip free and anti pump circuits.
Functional check of phase disagreement protection circuit (applicable to
breakers whose poles are not mechanically gang operated).
Functional check of local control, alarm and indications.
Functional check of remote control, alarm and indications.
Minimum control voltage trip and close operation.
Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Functional check of thermostat and space heaters, and measurement of
heater current.
Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for breaker
open/closed positions).
Timing test using an electronic oscillograph.
For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and lockout
functions.
For minimum oil circuit breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric strength.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
ASTM D
877(with 2.5
mm gap)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
16.
17.
18.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings and that terminal
connections are secure.
Check quality of paintwork.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for correct breaker position indication (breaker open/closed).
For SF6 breakers:
a. Check for correct SF6 pressure in each pole.
b. Check for gas leakage.
c. Calibrate SF6 pressure gauge.
d. Check operation of gas density switch (alarm and lockout functions).
e. Check air and moisture content of SF6 gas in breaker.
For motor/spring operation mechanisms:
a. Check manual spring charge operation.
b. Verify correct spring status indication (spring charged/discharged).
c. Perform all specific checks on the mechanism according to the
manufactures instructions.
For pneumatic operating mechanisms:
a. Check the compressor, air piping, valves, pressure gauges, air filter,
water trap and switches for damage or defects.
b. Calibrate the air pressure gauges.
c. Check the setting of air pressure switches (compressor start/stop, alarm,
and lockout).
d. Perform all specific checks on the compressed air system according to
the manufacturers instructions.
e. Check for correct direction of compressor rotation.
f. Check air-charging time.
g. Check safety relief valve operating pressure and resetting pressure.
h. Measure air consumption for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
i. Air storage test, perform as specified, the following without
replenishment: 5X CO, or O + CO + 3min. + CO
j. Air leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
For hydraulic operating mechanisms:
a. Check, the pump, piping, valves, gauges and switches for
damage/defects.
b. Calibrate the fluid pressure gauges.
c. Check for correct hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir.
d. Check the setting of air pressure switches (pump start/stop, alarm, and
lockout).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
DESCRIPTION
Perform all specific checks on the hydraulic system according to the
manufacturers instructions.
Check for oil leaks
Check pump-up time.
Check safety relief valve operating and resetting pressure.
Measure pressure drop for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
Stored energy test perform O + CO + 3min + CO without
replenishment.
Oil leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
Check operation of the nitrogen low pressure switch.
3.16.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Measure resistance of main conducting circuits at 100 A DC.
Insulation resistance test of each breakers pole at 5 kV DC.
Insulation resistance test of all low voltage wiring and cabling.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Functional check of trip free and anti pump circuits.
Functional check of phase disagreement protection circuit (applicable to
breakers whose poles are not mechanically gang operated).
Functional check of local control, alarm and indications.
Functional check of remote control, alarm and indications.
Minimum control voltage trip and close operation.
Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Functional check of thermostat and space heaters, and measurement of
heater current.
Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for breaker
open/closed positions).
Timing test using an electronic oscillograph.
For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and lockout
functions.
For minimum oil circuit breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric strength.
REMARKS
ASTM D
877 (with 2.5
mm gap)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
Description
17.
For motor/spring operating mechanisms, measure spring charge time and
motor current.
18.
For pneumatic or hydraulic mechanisms:
a. Measure compressor/pump motor starting and running currents.
b. Ensure that all air is bled from the hydraulic system.
c. Verify electrically the low stored energy (fluid pressure) alarm and
lockout functions.
d. Functional check of the motor excessive running time alarm circuit.
19.
AC HV test (applicable to SF6 breakers, if the tank is opened at site, e.g., to
install bushings.
20.
Bushing current transformer test (applicable to dead tank breakers)
21.
Insulation and bushing power factor tests.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Description
Inspect for physical damage and defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check quality of galvanizing (if applicable).
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check smoothness and ease of operation (both closing and opening).
Check simultaneity and synchronism of all 3 poles during closing.
Check for proper contact, fingers spread and contact pressure in fully closed
position.
Check that end of travel stops are correctly adjusted, set and locked in
position.
Check open gap and minimum clearance between phases and to ground
Check switch opens more than 90 (for horizontally mounted vertical open
disconnects).
Check switch drive linking toggled in both the closed and opened positions.
Check that switch can be pad locked in both the closed and opened positions.
Check that all grounding is securely connected.
Check that switch-operating handle is grounded properly as specified.
Check mechanical interlocks (with grounding switches, CBs, etc.).
Check that the operators platform is of adequate size and is properly
grounded.
Check mechanical alignment and contact gap "if applicable"
3.17.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remarks
ELECTRICAL TEST
Description
Measure resistance of main current path (terminal to terminal) at 100 A DC.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Remarks
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
Description
h. Check that in the manual mode, insertion of the operating handle
automatically disconnects the motor DC supply.
Remarks
For bus bar isolators, check carefully make and make before brake contact
function for auxiliary switch contacts used for CT switching schemes during
open close time test on Disconnectors main contacts.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.18
Circuit Switchers
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications37-TMSS-01 and
37-TMSS-02)
3.18.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Perform mechanical checks and inspection of isolating disconnect, as per
Section 3.17.1, above.
2.
Perform mechanical checks and adjustments on interrupter unit according to
the manufacturers instructions.
3.
Check the low SF6 target at the interrupter units.
4.
Check interrupter position indicator operation.
REMARKS
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Resistance of main current path (terminal to terminal) at 100 Amps DC.
Functional check of all electrical interlocks.
Measure motor starting and running current.
Check position-signaling contacts (if applicable).
For motor operating mechanisms:
a. Check mechanism cabinet properly grounded.
b. Check correct setting of motor limit switched (open/close).
c. Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts.
d. Measure switches opening and closing times and motor current at rated
voltage (for fast acting disconnects and grounding switches perform a
timing test with an electronic oscillograph).
e. Minimum voltage operation (close and open) at 90V DC.
f. Functional check of thermostat and space heaters. Measure heater
current.
g. Insulation test all control and power wiring/cables at 500V DC
h. Check that in the manual mode, insertion of the operating handle
automatically disconnects the motor DC supply.
Check shunt trip device operation.
Verify proper operation sequence of interrupters and disconnects.
Insulation power factor test of the interrupters.
Timing test of the interrupter contacts with electronic oscillograph.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.19
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Main circuits Continuity Test for tightness of joints and bolts.
Main circuit insulation resistance measurement by 2.5kV Megger or 2kV
AC HV Test for one minute.
Phasing check.
REMARKS
6.
7.
8.
5.
9.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.20
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check for proper cable Support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or greater than
the minimum bending radius specified
Link box tightness check
Check/inspect the cable outer jacket for any physical damage or
irregularities.
Check/inspect the transposition of cable phases
Check for the cross connection of cable metallic sheath in cross bonding
system
Check the rubber seal in the cable clamps to avoid any damage to cable
outer jacket
Check the insulating shrouds are installed at the base of cable
terminations
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground grid as
specified
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and SWGR
shall be single point earthed at SWGR side and at floating side SVL
(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
For accessories (sealing terminations, instrument panels and link boxes),
check the following as applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Condition of paint work
c. All bolted connections
Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield wire
distribution.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.20.2
Electrical Test
(Standard Reference is IEC 62067 and relevant SEC Transmission
Specifications)
ITEM
Description
1
Phase checking for conductor & sheath bonding.
2
Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement test
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5 kV DC insulation
3
tester before and after high voltage/ 24 hour Soaking test.
4
Anti corrosion sheath test
6
7
8
REMARKS
< 2 located
inside
substation
<10 if
located far
from
substation)
Sheath
Current < 3
%
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.21
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or greater
than the minimum bending radius specified
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, Blocking.
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground grid as
specified
Pressure test of all associated oil piping
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at floating
side SVL(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed
Availability of oil sampling facility valve arrangement.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Oil flow test
Impregnation test
RGP test / DGA test
For accessories (sealing terminations, pressure tank, gauges, instrument
panels and link boxes), check the following as applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. All valve positions according to design (open/closed).
c. Calibrate pressure gauges and pressure switches.
d. Oil pressure.
e. No oil leaks.
f. Condition of paint work
g. All bolted connections
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Description
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
REMARKS
less than 2
for location
inside
substation
<10 for
located far
from
substation
Sheath
Current < 3 %
TCSP105R01/TMA
For HV Test
see table 2-1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.22
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
Sheath Current
< 3 % the
Sheath Current
should be 3%,
the current due
to induction of
neighboring
circuits should
be considered
and the limit
should be
3%+current
due to external
circuits
<2 for
located inside
substation
<10 for
located far
from S/S
For HV Test
see table 2-1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.23
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check for proper cable support, clamping ,trays, blocking
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or greater
than the minimum bending radius specified
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground grid as
specified
Pressure test of all associated oil piping
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at
floating side SVL (sheath voltage limiter) should be installed.
Availability of oil sampling facility valve arrangement.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design
Oil flow test
Impregnation test
RGP test / DGA test
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
For accessories (sealing terminations, pressure tank, gauges, instrument
panels and link boxes), cheek the following as applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Link box tightness check.
c. Inspection of label inside link boxes and water proofing test
d. All valve positions according to design (open/closed).
e. Calibrate pressure gauges and pressure switches.
f. Oil pressure.
g. No oil leaks.
h. Condition of paint work
i. All bolted connections
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.23.2
Electrical Test
(Standard Reference is IEC 60141-1, -2 -3, and relevant SEC Transmission
Specifications 11-TMSS-03, TCS-P-104)
ITEM
Description
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.24
ITEM
Description
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects
2.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
3.
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or greater than
4.
the minimum bending radius specified
5.
Check for proper cable support ,clamping ,trays, blocking
6.
Link box tightness check
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or directly
7.
grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
8.
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground grid as
9.
specified
10.
Check that phases are identified and color coded
11.
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and Switchgear
shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at floating side
SVL(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed
12.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved design
13.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed
14.
Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield wire
distribution.
15.
For accessories (sealing terminations, instrument panels and link boxes),
check the following as applicable.
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Condition of paint work
c. All bolted connections
3.24.2
REMARKS
Electrical Test
(Standard Reference is. IEC 60840 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications)
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Description
Check Phasing for conductor and sheath bonding.
Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement test
SVL(sheath voltage limiter)test By 2.5kv DC insulation tester
Anti corrosion sheath test
Measure the ground resistance at all link box positions
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
less than 2
for location
inside
substation
PAGE NO. 98 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
7.
8.
Description
Zero and positive sequence impedance measurement
Insulation resistance test for conductor
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5 kV DC
insulation tester before and after high voltage / 24 hour Soaking test.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
REMARKS
<10 for located
far from S/S
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.25
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects. Check irregularities of outer
jacket caused by non-uniform shield wire distribution.
Verify all cable connections as per drawing.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Check cable bends to ensure that the bending radius is equal to or greater
than the minimum bending radius specified.
Verify shield grounding as per design (single point, both ends, via voltage
limiters, etc.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check that phases are identified and color coded.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check for proper cable arrangement in the path (RYB) in order to prevent
circulating current.
3.25.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
IR for sheath
> 10 Megohms
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.26
LV Cables
(Standard Reference is IEC 60227-2 and relevant SEC Transmission Specifications
11-TMSS-10, TES-P-119.29)
3.26.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check tightness of terminals and confirm the cables are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Visual Inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Check cable size against rating required.
3.26.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.27
Control Cable
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 11-TMSS-10, TESP-119.29)
3.27.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage/defects.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check for proper cable duct, support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Check tightness of terminals, ferrule numbering and confirm the cables
are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check all cables are securely supported throughout.
Check the path/separation of control & power cables
Visual inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Size checking against rating required.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Phasing and continuity check.
Insulation Resistance Test with 1 kV DC insulation tester.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
IR > 100
Mega-ohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.28
Pilot Cables
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 48-TMSS-01)
3.28.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking, etc.
Check tightness of terminals, ferrules, wiring identification and confirm
the cables are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check all cables are securely supported throughout.
Visual inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Size checking against rating required.
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Conductor loop resistance test for all pairs.
Core Identification for each core between two ends.
Insulation Resistance for sheath armor to ground by 500V DC insulation
tester for each section before jointing.
Insulation Resistance for sheath armor to ground with a 500 V DC
insulation tester after all joints are completed and before termination in
the pilot boxes (if applicable).
Capacitance measurement for all cores.
Insulation resistance test between core to core and core to ground with a
5 kV DC insulation tester.
Frequency response test.
End to end terminal and pair matching.
Noise Level Measurement.
Cross-talk and coupling test between pairs.
High voltage test for protection and control core by 15 kV DC for 1
minute.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
IR > 10
Mega-ohms
IR > 10
Mega-ohms
IR > 1000
Mega-ohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
PRE-COMMISSIONING SITE
TEST LEVEL
2Uo = 16 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 24 kV
2Uo = 38 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 57 kV
2Uo = 80 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 120 kV
TIME PERIOD
(MINUTES)
60
2Uo = 128 kV AC
60
2Uo = 152 kV AC
60
2Uo = 265 kV AC
60
260kV AC
60
60
60
60
60
60
REFERENCES
AC HV Test: Recommendation by KEMA Research Laboratory (Netherlands).
VLF Test: Recommendation by High Voltage Corporation (USA) and Seba-Dynatronic
(GERMANY) as a Manufacturer of VLF Test Sets.
Test Voltage levels for LV Cables, Control Cable and Pilot Cables
SYSTEM RATED
VOLTAGE (KV)
PRE-COMMISSIONING SITE
TEST LEVEL
TIME PERIOD
(MINUTES)
LV Cables
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.29
Overhead Lines
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 10-TMSS-06, TCSP-122)
3.29.1 Mechanical check and Visual inspection
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect that the access roads and structure pads are to specification
(locations, widths, depth of base, cover material properly compacted, etc.)
Check that sand stabilization has been done per specification (if
applicable).
Check the right of way to ensure that there is no construction or
agricultural encroachment.
Check that the ground profile allows water to run-off away from the
structures.
Check that grounding connection is made properly with steel structure and
protective coating is applied on the concrete cap (if specified). There shall
be no cracks, and the concrete cap shall slope away from the stub angle.
Check that crash barrier and/or flood protection are being done as per
specification (if applicable).
For wooden pole structures, ensure that poles type and size are the correct
specification and have been installed correctly (depth and plumb). Ensure
that the depth indication tags are on each pole.
For wooden pole structures, check structure guy wire, cross braces, and
other framing work are being done correctly.
Check that all wood structures have been identified correctly and that the
identification plates are to specification. For double circuit structures,
ensure that each circuit is correctly identified.
For steel structures, ensure that type is as per specification / drawings.
Check galvanizing quality and thickness (rust is not acceptable).
Check bolts types and tightness (torque wrench method).
Ensure anti-climbing guards are correctly installed (if applicable).
Check step bolt tightness.
For porcelain insulators, check insulators for chips, cracks, etc. Ensure
correct number of insulators have been installed in each string. Ensure that
cotter keys have been properly installed.
For composite insulators, perform close elevated inspection on each
structure to check that the insulator sheaths and sheds are not cracked,
damaged, torn. The rod should not be exposed at any of its location.
Check that all line hardware (insulator, corona rings, vibration dampers,
spacers, conductor clamps, warning spheres, warning lights, armor rods,
counter weights, flag socket/keys etc..) are installed correctly and in correct
locations as per specification and drawings.
Make sure that the insulators are clean and line is safe to be energized.
Check that all splices are correct and installed in correct span locations.
Check that all jumpers are installed correctly. Make sure of correct
clearance between jumper and structure as well as with other phases.
Check that overhead shield wire / OBGW and associated joint box are
grounded to towers as specified.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
23.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that sags for phase and overhead ground conductors are even and to
specification.
Check that ground clearances are meeting company standards.
24.
22.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DESCRIPTION
Perform phase sequence / rotation check.
Perform sequence impedance and susceptances tests and mutual
impedances (both zero and positive sequence for double circuits lines
Check tower foot earth resistance as per company standards.
Check the aircraft warning lights are properly functioning (if applicable).
Perform continuity and conductivity test
Perform Phase conductor insulation resistance test.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
5kV for 1
minute
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Span
No.
Verified
Not
Verified
Spacer Damper
Locations are as per the
approved "In-Span
Position Table"
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Installed as per
Manufacturer Instruction
Alignment of Spacer
Dampers are
perpendicular to
Verified
Not
Verified
Installed Using
Manufacturer
Recommended
Tools.
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Remark
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.30
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling.
2.
Prior to opening any case or panel, confirm that the equipment will not be
contaminated by dust, excessive humidity or other pollutants.
3.
Ensure that there is no foreign material, moisture, dust, etc., inside panels
and device cases.
4.
Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to
approved drawings and equipment/material lists.
5.
Ensure that all relays, relay covers, meters, controls and test facilities are
properly identified as per the approved drawings and relevant SEC standards
and that the identification does not obscure information displays.
6.
Ensure the mimic bus provides an accurate representation and that all
switchgear identification is accurate and as assigned by Systems Operations
Department.
7.
Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its final
service location.
8.
Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC relevant
specification.
9.
For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the
wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent at
the termination point.
10. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against mal
operation due to vibration, shock, etc.
3.30.2 Internal Panel Wiring Tests
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1.
Wiring Test / Confirmation
a. The equipment is safe to work on and free of construction activities.
b. Ensure that the approved drawings, relevant specification, protection
requirement, manufacturers manuals, factory test results, site test
procedures, etc., are available at site.
c. All necessary tools and equipment with their valid calibration
certificates are available.
d. Stable auxiliary power supplies at the rated voltages are available.
e. Prior to conducting panel checks, open all supply breakers, remove
all fuses and ensure that all DC (including alarm, SOE, SCADA,
etc.), AC, VT and CT circuits are properly isolated.
f. Confirm all DC circuits are ungrounded.
g. Check CT and VT circuits to confirm the presence of a ground.
Temporarily isolate the ground point on each circuit individually and
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
retest to confirm that each CT and VT circuit is grounded at a single
point.
h. Check the burden of each DC circuit with an ohmmeter to confirm
absence of short circuits.
i. Check auxiliary power supply polarity and magnitude at the supply
side of all circuit breakers/fuses to be correct as per schematics and
relay/meter ratings.
j. All wiring including CT, VT, AC, control, alarm and earthing shall
be confirmed terminal to terminal and wire by wire using an
ohmmeter.
k. Operate all switches and relay contacts confirming connection
terminal numbers and contact status using an ohmmeter.
l. Confirmed wiring is to be highlighted in yellow on the schematic
diagram. Corrections/changes in the schematics shall be marked up
using red pencil for additions and green for deletions.
m. For all MCBs, confirm ratings as per approved drawings; operate
several times by hand. Inject 150% of rated current and record the
timing for trip operation.
n. Confirm that each internal and external wire is properly ferruled at
termination points.
CT Circuit Confirmation
a. Inject AC current at about 50% of the rated current into one phase to
neutral of the current circuit at the incoming CT cable connection
using a suitable meter and isolated current source (for each phase of
each current circuit).
b. At each current test facility, confirm current flow and polarity in the
subject phase and neutral as appropriate and according to the
approved schematics. Confirm no current in the other two phases.
c. Withdraw each relay in the current circuit one at a time and confirm
that the case shorting facility is working and that at no time during
its withdraw is the current circuit opened. Check test facility
shorting and isolating devices for proper operation.
d. Confirm current flow in the relay by opening the case shorting
manually and confirming the meter to read zero.
e. Confirm that any phase selector switch for metering is connected in
the correct phase being tested. (For each phase of each current
circuit).
VT Circuit Confirmation
a. Connect a fused or current limited adjustable three phase, four wire
voltage sources to the VT circuit and slowly increase the voltage to
the rated value.
b. Using a voltmeter and phase angle meter, confirm the phase angle
and magnitude at each terminal in the voltage circuit according to the
approved schematics.
c. Check total burden per phase to conform to expected loading as per
connected relay/metering specifications.
d. Confirm that any phase selector switch for metering is connected in
the correct phase being tested for each phase of each current circuit.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
4.
DC Circuit Confirmation
a. Withdraw all removable relays and meters from the panel.
b. Apply normal DC supply (insert fuses/close breaker) to the circuit
and use a DC voltmeter to confirm all direct connections to the
positive and negative supply between the fuse/breaker and the device
terminals are made correctly. Confirm power supply at each
relay/meter case terminals is correct.
c. Disable the DC supply and reinstall the relays and meters in the
panel. Restore the DC supply.
d. Test the panel by operating (or simulating operation for external
devices) each switch/coil/contact separately while monitoring correct
circuit operation. Use a voltmeter to confirm DC voltages at
progressive locations in the panel wiring. Proceed in such a way as to
confirm that each contact operates only the intended devices in the
panel. Confirm all contacts of control switches/relays including
spares.
3.30.3
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
Continuity Checks
Cables and external wiring insulation shall be tested as for panel internal
wiring, Section 3.30.2. All control cables shall be tested using a low ohms
reading ohmmeter to check each wire separately to ground (CT and VT
circuits must have their normal grounding point isolated during this test).
The technician at one end shall ground one core at a time in
communication with the technician at the other end who shall use an
ohmmeter to monitor the cores.
CT Cable Checks
A final check of each CT circuit shall be conducted by current injection at
the source end while measuring magnitude and phase angle in the
downstream circuit test facilities.
VT Cable Checks
A final check of each VT circuit shall be conducted by voltage injection at
the source end while measuring magnitude and phase angle in the
downstream circuit test facilities.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.30.4
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Each panel device shall be mechanically inspected prior to testing.
CAUTION: When working with electronic devices, never remove modules
with the DC supply energized. Use precautions to prevent static discharge
damage to the modules. Grounded wrist strap, anti-static work surface and
electrically conductive storage bags should be used.
a. Check condition of internal wiring and solder joints.
b. Case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust.
c. Condition of any connectors, contacts, alignment and travel.
d. Operation of moving parts, mechanical target operation and reset.
2. Relay Tests
Relay tests shall be conducted in accordance with the approved site test
procedure. Additional tests may be required as recommended by the
manufacturer, by Company Standard or as deemed necessary by the
Company from operational experience.
a. 500 V insulation tests shall be conducted between the AC circuits and
from AC circuits to the relay frame. All outputs/indications shall be
tested.
b. For electromechanical relays, the DC circuits shall be insulation tested
to AC circuits and to the frame of the relay.
c. Initial tests of new protective relays shall include operating
characteristics checks for a representative range of available settings
with Company approved computer operated test equipment running
routines developed for the specific relay and test set involved.
d. Relay auxiliary devices such as external resistors, metrosils, etc., to be
tested to conform to required ratings and manufacturers information.
e. Proper electrical operation of targets/indicators shall be confirmed.
f. Final calibration test of all protective relays must be carried out on
approved settings with the relays mounted in their cases, by secondary
injection at the front panel mounted test facilities.
g. Auxiliary and tripping relay testing shall include:
i.Insulation testing as above.
ii.Pickup and dropout voltage, verification of all contacts.
iii.Operation timing at 80% and 100% nominal voltage.
iv. Time delay relays shall be tested at 0%, set point and 100% delay.
h. Use of red and green tags for tested relays, meters, etc.
i. All the relays and meters which have been tested and found
acceptable shall have green tags.
j. The relays and meters found defective during tests shall be tagged red.
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
d. Ensure that there is no foreign material, moisture, dust, etc., inside
panels and device cases.
e. Check case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust.
f. Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance
to approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
g. Check that the relay serial number on the module, case and cover are
identical.
h. Ensure that all relays, relay covers, meters, controls and test facilities
are properly identified as per the approved drawings and relevant SEC
standards and that the identification does not obscure information
displays.
i. Ensure the mimic bus provides an accurate representation and that all
switchgear identification is accurate and as assigned by Systems
Operations Department.
j. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its
final service location.
k. Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC relevant
specification.
l. For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to
the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is
bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
m. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against
mal operation due to vibration, shock, etc.
n. Case earthing checked
o. Auxiliary power supply rating checked and wiring checked for proper
polarity.
p. Verify connections as per approved drawings.
q. Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit
wires.
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
j. Verify that the number of contacts and the contact
REMARKS
3.
4.
a. Voltage operated relays to have a pickup voltage less than 80% of the
rated substation voltage to allow for proper operation of the relay even
during substation DC under-voltage condition.
b. Check Annunciation LEDs and flags.
c. Check Annunciation contacts
d. Check Binary inputs.
e. Check binary outputs and output contacts
f. 500 V insulation tests shall be conducted between:
i. All electrically isolated circuits.
ii. All circuits and earth.
g. Ensure that the error percentage between set values and actual values
within the acceptable limit for all tested settings and check all error
limits are included in test formats.
h. Check Watchdog or Internal Relay Fail contacts
Metering Tests
Panel metering calibration shall be tested via front panel mounted test
facilities. The following represent the minimum test points required.
a. Maximum demand indicator (MDI) meters shall be tested at 10% and
100% of full scale.
b. Current and voltage metering and transducers calibration shall be
tested at 0, 25, 50 and 100% of scale.
c. Watt and VAR metering and transducer calibration shall be tested at
(+/- when bi-directional) 0, 25, 50 and 100% of rated load and with
rated voltage and current at angles of 0, 45,180, 270 and 315 degrees.
d. KWH and KVARH metering calibration shall be tested at 10% and
100% of rated current at angles of 0, 45, 90, 180, 225, 270 and 315
degrees.
e. Frequency metering and transducers calibration shall be tested at
minimum, nominal, and maximum rated scale.
f. Power Factor metering and transducer calibration shall be tested at
rated voltage and at 50% lead, unity, 50% lag power factors at 10, 50
and 100% of rated current.
g. Tap position indicators shall be checked and confirmed for the entire
range of transformer tap positions.
Annunciator Tests
a. Confirm dual supply operation by disabling primary and backup
supplies one at a time.
b. Confirm operation of Acknowledge, Reset and Lamp Test push buttons.
i.
Alarm indication lamp flashes on receipt of alarm.
ii.
Pressing Acknowledge does not reset the alarm points.
iii.
Alarm does not reset until Reset is pressed.
c. Confirm Annunciator Failure alarm to SCADA.
d. Check operation of each alarm point one at a time by simulating input at
the marshalling panel.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
5.
DESCRIPTION
e. Confirm individual alarm identification for each point during functional
testing of remote panels output contacts.
Digital Disturbance (DDR) Tests
a. DDR shall be inspected and calibrated as recommended by the
manufacturer.
b. Calibration of voltage and current channels shall be confirmed by
secondary injection.
c. Each digital input shall be confirmed by operation of the associated
auxiliary contact in the remote panel.
d. Program and electrically confirm trigger levels and initiating
contacts.
e. All alarm/SOE/SCADA outputs shall be tested and confirmed.
f. Verify accuracy of all channel descriptions.
g. Verify operation to the local printer if available.
h. Verify proper communication and software
i. Update/installation at all concerned locations by establishing
communications with each unit and downloading event data.
3.30.5
Functional Checks
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Test to Local Auxiliaries
With all tripping isolating switches opened, operate the protective relays by
secondary injection to test all functions to the panel auxiliaries. Check and
confirm correct operation of all trip, alarm, SOE and SCADA auxiliaries in
the panel as well as initiation outputs to DFR, breaker failure, etc.
2.
End To End Tests
Communications with the test crew at the remote end are essential to this
test. Where protection signaling equipment (PSE) is used in the scheme,
end to end tests shall be conducted to confirm operation of each channel
individually to the correct remote tripping/protection inputs in coordination
with personnel at the remote end. Round trip channel delay should be
checked and recorded. Pilot Differential Protection shall be end to end
tested as recommended by the manufacturer.
3.
Test to Remote Functions
Individually operate each control switch, protection output trip, initiation
and alarm function with the associated isolating switch (if available) first in
the open position and then in the closed position to prove the switch
connection. Take care to limit tripping when testing to transfer tripping or
breaker failure protection prior to initiating. Where no physical or visual
indication of the signal is available, use a multimeter to monitor the
received signal at the appropriate terminals of the remote panel or
equipment. Interlocks such as close blocking from lockouts shall also be
proven. Testing shall include all reclosing, initiation, trip, SCADA, SOE,
annunciator and fault recorder outputs from the panel to actuate the
associated remote devices.
4.
Primary Injection
Phase and ratio connection of CT and VT circuits shall be confirmed by
primary injection and checked to the panel test facilities.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
5.
Stability Tests
Stability of bus bar, transformer differential protection and restricted E/F
protection circuits shall be confirmed by injecting current on the primary
bus and simulating first internal and then external fault conditions while
monitoring spill current at the protective relay.
6.
Remote Tap Change Control (RTCC)
a. Selection of Independent, Master/Follower, Auto, Manual from RTCC
local pushbuttons and from SCADA.
b. Raise and lower operation of the tap changer in Independent/Manual
from both the RTCC control pushbuttons and from SCADA.
c.
Raise and lower operation of the tap changer in Master-Follower
for each possible combination of paralleled transformers, in Manual
mode from both the RTCC control pushbuttons and from SCADA.
d. Raise and lower operation of the tap changer from the AVR relay in
Independent/Auto and Master/Auto both when the RTCC is in Local
and in SCADA control modes.
e. Check of blocking and reset of operating modes when breakers are
opened or paralleling is disturbed.
f. Operation of all alarm, SCADA and SOE outputs from the panel and control panel.
7.
Automatic control switching equipment panel
a. Check the proper scheme for automatic closing of third transformer
13.8 kV incomer circuit breaker in case of tripping of any transformer
in service.
b. Check all alarms, command and back indication of the system with
SCADA.
8.
Trip On Parallel scheme
a. Check the manual tripping of one circuit breaker and selection of the
circuit breaker to be closed and in time of tripping of that selected
circuit breaker the fifth circuit breaker will closed accordingly (13.8
kV three transformers and two bus section circuit breakers).
b. Check all alarms, command and back indication of the scheme to
SCADA.
9.
Automatic Bus Transfer Scheme (ABTS) Panel
a. Operation in service for tripping of each transformer individually
when paralleled with a second transformer to demonstrate automatic
paralleling of the third transformer. If possible, offload one bus at a
time so that it is possible to prove operation for loss of the
independent transformer without loss of customer load.
b. Prove that protection blocking interlocks (bus differential,
transformer high side time over current etc.) prevent operation of the
ABTS.
c. Prove scheme for opening of bus section breaker to break parallel of
three transformers is functioning.
d. Test blocking and forced operation of the RTCC by the ABTS.
e. Operation of all alarm, SCADA and SOE outputs from the panel.
10. Automatic Transfer Schemes (ATS)
a. Confirm proper operation of station service (AC and DC) automatic
transfer schemes by simulating incomer failures.
b. Confirm operation of interlocks to prevent/limit paralleling of
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
If
applicable.
If
applicable.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
11.
DESCRIPTION
incomer sources as per approved scheme.
c. Test automatic and manual controls for all possible operating
conditions.
Switchgear Control Panel Functional Tests
a. Checks of all interlocking and blocking functions (synch check,
lockout block closing, ground switch, etc.)
b. Tests of open and close operation and indication of the associated
switchgear.
c. Operation of all alarms, SCADA and SOE outputs from the panel.
3.30.6
Energization
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
First Time Energization Testing-Checks Prior to Energization
a. All in service CT circuit shorting is removed.
b. All VT circuits MCBs closed, fuses in place.
c. All supplies to protection, control, switchgear, etc., are normal.
d. No abnormal relay targets, alarms, SCADA SOE indications.
e. All relays have approved settings applied and have been fully tested
and are in service.
f. All alarm relay settings are finalized and the relays are locked.
g. Relays that have a backup battery for memory storage have their
batteries installed and the temporary battery covers removed.
h. All switchgear and other power equipment testing are completed.
i.
All protection equipment is properly labeled.
j.
All fire/smoke alarm systems are fully tested and in service.
k. All necessary fire fighting equipment is on site and accessible
without obstruction.
l.
Confirm all men and tools are clear of equipment to be energized
and that all personnel are aware of the pending energization.
2.
Phasing Checks
Before paralleling two sources, phasing shall be absolutely proven by
selectively energizing a common three phase VT set from the two
sources one at a time and checking the phasing (voltage and phase
angle) of the VT set to a reference potential whose source shall remain
unchanged for the duration of the test.
For example, if one new incoming line to an existing station is to be
energized, use the existing incoming line A phase to neutral potential
as a reference and measure and record the new line VT secondary three
phase voltage and phase angles when energized from the remote end
only. Then after opening the remote end of the new line, energize the
new line from the local station only and repeat the voltage and phase
angle measurements, the results of the two tests should be identical
(within a few degrees) if phasing is correct. Where possible, phasing
sticks can be used.
3.
In Service Checks
a. Immediately after energization, in-service/on-load checks should be
taken and recorded by measuring the magnitude and phase of all
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DESCRIPTION
voltage and current circuits to a common reference at all of the test
points available to prove VT and CT connection, ratio and polarity.
Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with CT/VT
measurements in the control circuits.
As soon as sufficient load is available, all directional and distance
type relays shall have their operating direction proven using in
service voltages and currents.
Directional earth fault relays shall be proven by selectively isolating
in service voltages and currents to provide a range of simulated fault
conditions.
For REF and bus differential relays, check to ensure minimal spill
currents in service. Test the differential circuit by isolating one
service current from the summation to force operation and prove the
summation circuit is not shorted.
For transformer differential circuits, check spill currents and
minimum, center and maximum transformer taps. Spill current at
minimum and maximum taps should be similar with near zero spill
current on the center tap position if the auxiliary CTs are selected to
the correct tap.
Check transformer AVR operation in independent and parallel
modes as applicable. Manually raise (lower) the transformer(s) two
taps and place them back in AUTO to observe the automatic return
to the correct voltage tap. Confirm operation from SCADA and in
all possible operating modes.
Functionally test the ABTS scheme by operating transformer
protection to trip the breakers and initiate the system.
Check in service reclosing for OHTL circuits by operating the
protection to initiate trip and reclose.
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.31
Station Batteries
(Standard Reference is IEC 60623, clause 4 and relevant SEC Transmission
Specifications 46-TMSS, TES-P-103)
3.31.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness as per standards.
Check tightness of all external wiring and cabling connections.
Verify all panel mounted devices (meters, switches, push buttons, indicator
lamps, etc.) are supplied and installed according to approved drawings.
Make sure all battery connections are clean and free from corrosion.
Verify system configuration and capacity with contract specification.
Check that all cells are properly numbered.
Check protective covers installed.
Check that all battery maintenance tools and accessories (hydrometer, wall
mounted thermometer, insulated torque wrench, rubber gloves, apron, face
shield) have been provided per specifications. Ensure that all maintenance
equipment is stored in a wall mounted lockable cabinet.
Check that the room ventilation, exhaust fan, etc., are to specification.
Check installation of safety equipment (eyewash, showers, No smoking
and Warning Caustic/Acid signs).
For flooded lead acid batteries, check for correct specific gravity and liquid
level.
Check that all battery racks are correctly and securely grounded.
Check that the battery bank is provided with an isolating disconnect switch.
Check that the Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) battery bank has an
ammeter provided for monitoring the float charge current.
3.31.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
For valve Regulated lead Acid Batteries, check the open circuit voltage of
each cell.
2.
Perform initial charging of the battery (equalize voltage, charging rate and
charging time according to the manufacturers instructions).
3.
Record individual cell voltage electrolyte specific gravity and cell
temperatures at the end of charge cycle.
4.
Battery discharge test:
a.
The battery must not have been discharged within last 7 days
before test is performed.
b.
While battery on float, read and record the voltage of each cell or
unit and battery terminals float voltage.
c.
Disconnect the battery charger and any other load on the battery.
d.
Record the initial voltage of each unit and battery terminals.
e.
Select the discharge rate based upon the battery capacity (ampereTCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
Room
temperature
shall
be
between 25
and 30 C.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
5.
DESCRIPTION
hour) and the time period the test shall be carried out for 10 hours.
f. With the variable load bank (dummy load) with an ammeter in
series and a voltmeter across the battery terminals, connect the
load while simultaneously starting the timing device.
g. Maintain the correct current while periodically reading and
recording total battery voltage. After 10 hours record the final unit
voltage and compare the test result with the manufacturers
recommended voltage chart to confirm the battery end voltage.
Fully recharge the battery according to the manufacturers instructions.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.32
Battery Charger
(Standard Reference Is IEC 60623, Clause 4, and Relevant SEC Transmission
Specifications 46-TMSS, TES-P-103)
3.32.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check nameplate information for correctness as per standards
Check tightness of all external wiring and cabling connections, labeling,
drawing pocket shall be checked
Verify all panel mounted devices (meters, switches, push buttons, indicator
lamps, fuses etc.) are supplied and installed according to approved
drawings
Check that all Alarm relays shall be auto-reset.
3.32.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
Insulation test for all external wiring.
Battery charger test by simulation of variable load to check for correct
charger current output response to different values of load
Check the adjustment range of output float and equalize voltage. Note that
the adjustment of float and equalize voltage should be independent of
each other
Functional check of the following:
a. High and low output voltages alarm/shutdown
b. Ground monitoring/ground detector for +ve and ve alarms
c. All other protective alarm /shutdown
d. All devices (switches, push buttons, timers, indicating lamps, etc.)
e. Current limits
f. Soft start
g. Impedance monitors (if applicable)
h. Silicon droppers (if applicable)
Check output voltage ripple content (battery disconnected)
Check regulation at 0%, 50 % and 100 % of full load
Measure AC input and DC output voltages and currents and calculate
efficiency at 50% and 100% of rated output current
Calibrate voltmeters and ammeters
If applicable measure the following and verify that they are compatible
with and meet the requirements of the communications equipment:
a. Voice band noise voltage
b. Wideband noise voltage
Check load sharing operation for parallel chargers
Ensure that the settings of adjusted control, shutdown, alarm voltage, etc.
have been reset to the final operational values as specified by SEC
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.33
AC Distribution Panels
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 31-TMSS-02, TES-P119.30)
3.33.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Inspect for physical damage or defects including of quality of paint work
2. Verify circuits layout for conformance with breaker directory drawing
Inspect and verify ACDB Rating Plate, check bus-bar rating, short circuit
3.
withstand current & main MCCBs rating at 55oC.
4. Verify correct rating of each circuit breaker per design drawings
5. Check tightness of all bolted connections
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, selector switches,
6. push buttons, timers, indication lamps, etc.) are installed per layout
drawing and are correctly labeled
7. Check for proper grounding connection (torque wrench method)
3.33.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
Insulation test of all buses and wirings
Phasing check
Functional check of main power contactor (or breaker)
Functional check of each branch breaker
Calibrate voltmeters, ammeters and watt-meters
REMARKS
8.
9.
10.
11.
Apply trip test for all MCCBs by pole- pole current injection method
7.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.34
DC Distribution Panels
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications 31-TMSS-02, TES-P119.30)
3.34.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects including of quality of paint work
Verify circuits layout for conformance with breaker directory drawing
Inspect and verify DCDB Rating Plate, check bus-bar rating, short circuit
withstand current & main MCCBs rating at 55oC.
Verify correct rating of each circuit breaker per design drawings
Check tightness of all bolted connections
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, selector switches,
push buttons, timers, indication lamps, etc.) are installed per layout
drawing and are correctly labeled
Check for proper grounding connection (torque wrench method)
3.34.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
Insulation test for all busses and wirings
Polarity check
Functional check of main breaker
Functional check of each branch breaker
Calibrate voltmeters, ammeters and watt-meters
Functional check of meters and phase selector switches
Functional check of all auxiliary devices including individual, group and
main circuit breaker alarms
Functional check of under voltage protection/alarm circuits
Functional check of DC transfer switches and interlocks
Functional check of positive and/or negative ground alarm (calibrate
resistors for proper detection sensitivity earth fault relay setting shall be
checked )
Check all MCBs for their ratings and alarms
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.35
LV AC Auto-Transfer Scheme/Switch
(Standard Reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications-31TMSS02, TES-P119.30)
3.35.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check that all front panel mounted devices are supplied and arranged
according to approved drawings.
Check that all devices and cables are properly identified and labeled.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check that all grounding is correct and securely connected (including
neutral bus).
Check mechanical/electrical interlocks.
3.35.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Phasing check of incomers and transfer switch connections.
Calibrate under voltage relays and time delays.
Calibrate voltmeter and ammeters.
Functional check of meters and selector switches.
Functional check of electrical and mechanical interlocks.
Functional check of preferred source selector switch.
Check transfer motor fuses.
Functional check of transfer operation (simulate loss of one source) and
retransfer on re-establishment of preferred source voltage. Check with
each source as the preferred source.
Ensure the sources are from two separate buses.
Set under voltage relay and time delay per manufacturers instructions.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.36
Ground System
(Standard Reference is IEC 62271-100 and relevant SEC Transmission specifications
52-TMSS, TES-P-119.10)
3.36.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
TEST DESCRIPTION
Inspect the grounding system(s) for conformance with approved design
drawings and specification
Inspect the mechanical integrity and quality of all bolted and/or thermite
welded grounding joints and connection
Inspect and verify the size and type of conductors to conform with standard
requirements
Check that all metal part in the substation are grounded
3.36.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Electrical Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Measure the ground grid system resistance by the fall of potential
method
Measure the contact resistance at 100 A DC of all bolted and/or thermitewelded joints at the grounding conductor between the equipment to be
grounded and the grounding mesh
Measure the electrical resistance between each major electrical equipment
grounding points, grounded neutral points and the substation main
grounding system by the milli volt drop method
Step and touch voltage measurement
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.37
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check labeling and marking according to the approved drawings.
Check tightness of bolts on direct drive and base-mounted equipment.
Check oil level and leakage and air compressor main components, air
receiver tank design and specification.
Check hour meter, safety relief valve, pressure switch and gauges.
Check air lines piping according to the approved materials.
Check that the exposed airlines protected against rupture damage.
Check that all piping runs parallel to flooring or walls and is clamped
properly by u-bolts or metal clamps supported on at least 6 foot intervals
or less.
Check that all piping has sufficient spacing so that each line can be
accessed without disturbing the rest of the piping.
Check that all pipes are supported on steel benches on the floor of the
trench.
Check that all piping fitting connections to be used shall be flare cup type
nuts with sleeve.
Check that air compressors are fitted with:
a. Automatic drain valve.
b. Manual drain valve.
c. Pressure relief valve.
d. Oil level sight glass.
Check that the receiver tank provided with inlet and outlet stop valves,
manual drain valve, pressure relief valve and pressure gauge.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Check that the motor for air compressor designed for operation on 220 V,
3 phase 60 Hz including magnetic contactors, relays and accessories.
Check that circuit breaker, isolating switch wires and conduit sizes are
suitable for load requirement of the system.
Check that all wiring shall be in rigid steel conduit, wire ducts or flexible
conduit; wires shall be standard type THW and color coded.
Check that all wiring splices shall be made with wire connector or
terminal bed connectors of approved type and insulated with two layers
of rubber, covered with friction tape to protect the rubber.
Check that main control panel is equipped with indication lamps, change
over switch, hour meter.
Check interlock against overload operation, single phasing of power
supply, continuous operation not attended for 1-hour.
Check low pressure alarm, high pressure alarm, compressor faulty alarm.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.38
HVAC System
(Standard Reference is manufacturers recommendations and relevant SEC
Transmission Specifications 73-TMSS, TES-100-01, TCS-K-100-01)
3.38.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check labeling and marking is according to the drawings.
Check tightness of bolts on direct drive and base-mounted equipment.
Check for adequate access to the equipment.
Check that ducts exposed to weather are properly insulated and wrapped
with weather proofing materials, e.g., wrapped with aluminum sheet.
Check that the space clearance around the duct shall be properly sealed to
prevent the passage of rain water or any other foreign matter.
Check that all panels such as control panel, compressor panel and motor
blower panels shall be provided with left and right handles.
Check that air conditioning essential components, electrical controls,
breaker, etc., is properly labeled or marked.
Check that all exposed refrigerant suction lines are properly insulated and
wrapped with aluminum sheet and suitably protected from rupture
damage.
Check that the exposed refrigerant liquid line is painted with liquid
refrigerant gas color code paint and fitted with liquid sight glass, solenoid
valves expansion valves and strainer if required.
If semi-hermetic reciprocating compressor with nominal cap of 20 tons
and above is used, check that the size of receiver tank is able to contain all
refrigerant charged into the system plus 20% excess volume for gas
expansion.
Check that receiver is provided with inlet and outlet shut off valves, relief
valves, purge cock, liquid level sight glass and oil drain.
Check that the refrigerant compressor is a sealed hermetic type or semihermetic reciprocating type.
Check that the compressor is provided with the following:
For sealed type hermetic compressors:
a. Suction and discharge service valves with charge plug fitting
connection.
b. Crank case heater.
c. High and low pressure cut-out manual reset.
For semi-hermetic reciprocating compressors:
a. Suction and discharge service valves with charge plug fitting
connection.
b. Oil level sight glass.
c. Suction, discharge and oil pressure gauges.
d. Crank case heater.
e. Oil pressure protective switch to stop compressor operation in case of
lubrication failure.
f. High and low pressure cut-out manual reset.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
DESCRIPTION
g. Suction line strainer with service valves.
Check that thermostat control with temperature indicator is provided and
suitable to operate the system automatically.
Check that the thermostat is equipped with independent switch to operate
the air supply fan continuously if required.
Check that the thermostat control is protected by a clear plastic transparent
guard cover with standard lock and key.
Check that the belt driven blower and fan motors are protected by a belt
guard cover.
Check that the air filters are easily removable from unit and washable type
and check that the frame is 18 gauge galvanized iron with welded or screw
type corners.
3.38.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check rating of all motors, magnetic contactors, relays and accessories is
220 V, 3-phase, 60 Hz.
Check all wiring is in rigid steel conduit, is standard type THW and color
coded.
Check that the size of all wires and circuit breakers are suitable for
requirement of the system.
Check that all wires splices are made with wire connectors of approval
type or soldered and insulated with two layers of rubber and friction tape.
Wire splices shall be avoided as much as possible
Check interlock to stop the compressor when:
a.
Condenser blower motor fails.
b.
Air handling unit (AHU) blower motor fails.
c.
Suction and discharge operating pressure exceeds predetermined
level.
d.
Overload operation of compressor.
e.
Low and high voltage in the power supply.
f.
Single phase of power supply.
g.
Compressor lubrication fails.
h.
When desired room temperature required is attained.
Contractor shall perform the following tests prior to start commissioning
of the system:
a.
Preliminary test.
b.
Pressure test.
c.
Leak test.
d.
Control test.
e.
Operation test.
Measure compressor continuous line current and power supply voltage.
Note compressors discharge and suction pressure (PSIG).
Check indoor fan and heater current.
Functional check of the system.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.39
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
Check nameplate for correctness
Check tightness of all bolted connections(torque wrench method
Check that all grounding is securely connected ,including star point
neutral
Perform all specific checks per manufacturer instructions
Check proper operation of all auxiliary devices (if applicable)
3.39.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.40
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Check nameplate information for correctness
Check for damage to the body or the fuses
Check the interlock system
Check the level of insulation medium (SF6, Oiletc)
3.40.2
ITEM
1.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
5kV for 1
minute
Insulation Resistance
3.
5.
REMARKS
Phasing
2.
4.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.41
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Measure each individual capacitance.
Capacitance bank insulation test.
Capacitance bank measurement test.
Capacitance and dissipation factor measurement test.
Check individual insulation resistances.
Perform all specific tests per manufacturer's instructions.
Megger test phase to phase.
Capacitance bank neutral unbalance measurement.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.42
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition battery cells of the Test and Measurement
instruments.
Check main condition current path connection contact resistance.
Measure the insulation resistances of each phase to ground.
Measure the inductance of the harmonic filter inductors.
Temperature measurement at different joints after energization
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.43
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.44
Civil Work
(Standard reference is relevant SEC Transmission Specifications TCS-Q-113)
Witnessing of civil work is the responsibility of the CTA or DTA Project Department
Support Facility Projects Division to witness the work of the civil contractor.
Transmission witnessing personnel shall check the accesses and ventilation that affects
the main equipment.
Civil Visual inspection:
a. The witness/ inspection engineer shall have the approved building construction
schedule for the inspections that are required to be undertaken and approved for the
project.
b. The witness / inspection engineer for civil works shall ensure that all checklist/progress
reports for different stages of construction are readily available during his daily
inspection of substation building or transmission lines including the list of civil work
snags to know exactly the status of items that need to be completed before going up to
the next stage of construction.
c. Consider the following civil items:
a. Check wall plastering and floor finishes for cracks
b. Check fixing of false ceilings and floors
c. Check basement/underground walls for possible water seepage (if water table is
present)
d. Check basement/underground wall cable openings /ducts for possible seepage or
proper sealing
e. Check Comfort Room drain slope
f. Check Site drainage system for proper slope going to hand hole and/catch basins
g. Check trenches for correct depth and width
h. Check Tunnels and Trenches bottom for any loose dirt, rubble or water
i. Check the trench, manhole and hand hole covers supports
j. Check fixing of false ceilings and floors
k. Check wall coatings
l. Check fixings of all accesses including grounding (doors & hinges, Fence & Gates
and ladders)
m. Check entry / exit stairways anti-slip, railing and safety barriers installation.
n. Check Transformer firewalls and safety clearances
o. Check all pavement (asphalted or concrete roads)
p. Check cable trays and ladders installation and grounding.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
3.45
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Get the sanction for test document.
Check the safety documents for entering the capacitor bank area.
Check the safety documents for entering the TCR area.
Check the safety document for touching the capacitor banks and TCRs.
Check the anti-static instruction prior to handling the electronic devices.
Never touch the components of electronic cards without anti-static wrist
strap.
Check your safety shoes, helmet, goggles and industrial uniform.
3.45.2
REMARKS
3.45.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check leakage.
Check deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for any damaged paint.
Check earthing switch.
Capacitor bushing tightness check.
Check for bushing cracks.
Check for proper termination.
Check CT locations physically.
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Check individual insulation resistances.
Measure each individual capacitance.
Capacitance bank insulation test.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
Capacitance bank measurement test.
Capacitance and Dissipation factor measurement test.
Insulation power factor (Doble) test 115 kV and above.
Perform all specific tests per manufacturers instructions.
Megger test phase to phase.
Capacitance bank neutral unbalance measurement.
Test the inductance of the harmonic filter inductors.
3.45.4
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check for overall body deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for any damaged paint.
Check of foreign particles between the layers of the reactor coils.
Check of any insulation cracks.
Check for proper termination.
Check CT locations physically.
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
REMARKS
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments
Check main current path connection contact resistance.
Temperature measurement at different joints after energization.
Check the insulation resistance.
Inductance measurement between different cores.
3.45.5
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects for entire system.
Check nameplate information for correctness and installation of the
cooling network according to the drawings.
Check for the redundancy of the fluid circulating pumps in the cooling
system.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Description
REMARKS
Check pressure holding test on the expansion vessel/reservoir.
Check the pressure release valve and its operation on the expansion
vessel/reservoir.
Check the availability of nitrogen regulating system on the expansion tank
and ensure no leakage.
Check the Motor and pump for leveling and alignment.
Check tightness of all joints and couplings of the coolant circuit (torque
wrench method).
Check all pipe network and cooling system to stand test pressure and
operating pressure.
Check the unobstructed coolant circuits in all parallel paths.
Check the provision of control valve for inlet and outlet for all parallel
paths.
Check the provision of control valve for all equipment in the cooling
system for replacing or repairing without any interruption to the cooling
system.
Check the availability of pressure regulating valves at the outlet of the
pumps.
Check the availability of shut off valve at the inlet and outlet of the
pumps.
Check provision of replacing the pump while system is on line.
Check the provision of air bleeding valve at the top of all parallel paths
and at the ion exchanger/ deionizer.
Check the provision of leak-water collection (drainage) on the floors.
Check the provision to replace the resin while system is on line.
Check the provision to replace filters/strainer while system is on line.
Check the availability of the filters at the inlet and out let of the deionizer.
Check the availability of the strainers at the outlet of the deionizer and at
the inlet of the valves with bypass circuit.
Check the availability of the control valves at the inlet and outlet of each
heat exchanger.
Ensure the outdoor piping network is stainless steel.
Ensure unobstructed ventilation for all heat exchangers.
Ensure the availability of vibration shocks for the all heat exchangers.
Check, calibrate and functional test of the all temperature gauges.
Check and calibrate all pressure gauges, flow switches, differential
pressure gauges and liquid level switches.
All the cooling system should be flushed over several hours, including all
branches, heat exchangers, deionizers, etc.
Verify no leakage in the cooling system.
Test the coolant for purity, proper percentage of anti freezing and anti
algae before filling the cooling system.
Check the rotation of pumps and cooling fans.
Run the pumps on and off repeatedly, until no more particles accumulate
in the filters.
Vibration check of cooling network.
Sound level check.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
35.
DESCRIPTION
Check the auto operation of ion exchanger/bypass valves with the
conductivity meter (if applicable).
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of condition of battery of the T&M instruments.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
DESCRIPTION
Display messages check for alarms and trips.
Check PLC internal battery if present and note the date of replacement.
Check Automatic operation of de-ionizer by resistivity. Check the
conductivity measurement of the coolant to see that it drops below alarm
level when new water is circulated, if applicable.
Check the deionizer time for recovering the resistivity, if applicable.
Check the minimum activation time of deionizer, if applicable.
Ensure that liquid coolant is electrically grounded.
3.45.6
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that the connection does not transfer stress to the connection
terminal.
Check operation of the cooling fan.
Check that the filters for the cooling fan are not dirty.
All input and output cables are secure.
Fiber optics cables are secure without squeezing and without severe
bends.
All modules are properly labeled.
Check the panels are well ventilated with dust filter.
Check that the connection ports which are under use have dust covers and
all other unused ports should be sealed off.
Check that the connections ports are clearly and correctly identified.
Check that the ferrules are properly marked.
Card locations are clearly numbered.
Sequence event recorder panel check.
Annunciator panel check.
Check the labeling on thyristor towers.
Check of proper extractor tool.
Panel lighting is operating properly.
Check that the panel heaters are not installed.
Check that the terminals are furnished with isolator links.
Check that the wire terminals have banana sockets for the testing
purposes.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Verification against drawings and contract specification.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of Test and Measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Check of hardware.
Check of software.
Hardware jumpers check.
Micro console and PC with software check.
Check of user program loading.
Input and output operation check.
Test of light guides passing from controller to TCR towers.
Firing pulses tests to thyristors simulation.
Snubber circuit testing.
DC functional tests.
Complete wiring checking.
Cooling system alarm checks from controller.
All alarms and trips initiation checks.
Trouble shooting guide verification with initiation of alarms.
Check of disconnects and low voltage switchgear by control panel
operation.
Check of print-out on the printer and alarm on the annunciator.
Check of alarms and trips to controller, annunciator and to even recorder.
Check of cooling system ready.
Check of temperature normal.
Check of SVC ready.
Check of alarms at controller due to alarms of the transformer.
Check of all controller cards.
Low voltage tests for SVC with different firing angles, i.e., B=0 to B=90
(LIMAX=0 TO 1.0.
Stability test of differential protection thyristor bypass switch closed.
Emergency trip operation check.
SCADA point list testing.
Check of thyristor monitoring software operation.
Check of CB fail to close and fail to open alarm.
Controller over current protection level-1 tests, if applicable.
Controller over current protection level-2 tests, if applicable.
Secondary under voltage level 70% protection for immediate trip, if
applicable.
Primary under voltage 30% protection for 100 msec and no trip, if more
the system to trip, if applicable.
Primary under voltage 0.6 p.u. for more than 1 sec. CB trips.
Secondary under voltage 0.6 p.u., TCR blocks if more than 1 sec. then CB
trips.
UPS operation time to be checked if ac is off to the UPS.
UPS alarm and trip level tests.
Controller cards battery replacement date check.
Check of Remote communication with modem to SER.
Final trip tests.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
42.
43.
44.
DESCRIPTION
Annunciator AC and DC supply MCB operation check.
Watch dog of SER check.
Operational check of thyristor bypass switch.
3.45.7
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that the connection does not transfer stress to the connection
terminal
b.
ITEM
1.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of Test and Measuring instruments calibration certificates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check of alarms from the SVC local panel, and remote alarm in the
control panel and corresponding alarm to the Control Center.
3.45.8
REMARKS
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
SVC pre-energization check list.
Check the SVC energization list.
Confirm the final settings.
Operation division shall issue caution for energization process.
Check and follow the switching program.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
DESCRIPTION
Check that the operating division has issued a warning to the contractor
for the Energization, copy to the Control Center.
Final NPS settings shall be issued to the Control Center, Protection and
Test and to 132/380 kV Projects Division.
Re-check and confirm final settings, except the settings of TCR
temperature, pressure, flow and VarMach.
Check, clean and lock transformer area.
Check, clean and lock disconnect room.
Check, clean and lock filter area.
Check, clean and lock TCR area.
Remove the firing optical fibers connected to the thyristor valves, so that
the thyristor valves are tested without conduction. Red fibers only
(16x3=48).
REMARKS
This is to
avoid damage
to the
thyristors in
case of no
synchronism
between the
firing pulses
and voltage
across the
thyristor
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
DESCRIPTION
Make all the measurements with different loads, such as HV, MVAR,
LV, SVC I, synch pulses graphs.
On cooling system PLC panel check all the pressures and temperatures,
running of pumps and running of cooling fans, etc.
Keep running for one day in auto mode.
Vary the voltage reference from mimic panel and check the MVAR and
alarm svc reached max capacity.
Check and record all the currents in protection relay panels.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
REMARKS
3.45.9
Air-Conditioning Systems
The reliability of air-conditioning is very important for the SVC controller, so
this part of the equipment should be tested thoroughly. For details of its precommissioning please refer to Section 3.38, HVAC Systems.
3.45.10
The reliability of fire detection and suppression systems is very important for
the SVC System, like any other substation component. This equipment should be
thoroughly tested. For details of its pre-commissioning please refer to Section 3.40,
Fire Detection and Suppression Systems
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
The following is an example of a Test Record Form submitted by the contractor for the Substation
9000 SVC pre-energization checks:
1.
General
The following units are covered by this energization tests.
TCR No. ____________________________________________
Filter No. _____________________________________________
2.
Pre-Energization Checklist
Checks and Final Trip Test performed according to RQTR-710-D -------------------
3.
4.
5.
Energization of Filters
Test result in 2000 852-192-D: No. of Units: _________
6.
Energization of TCR
Test Results in RQTR 703-D: No. of Units: _________
7.
Performed: -----------
Performed: ------------
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
R-Y
Current
Y-B
B-R
Sec
Prim
Average measured values: Um = ___________ kV
Im = ___________ A
Voltage
Phase
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Sec
Prim
Average measured values: Um = ___________ kV
Im = ___________ A
Unit Reactive Power capacity is calculated according to the formula.
Q = 3 * Um * Im * (Un / Um)2 this gives ____________
Max inductive is: ___________ MVAR
Max capacitive is: ___________ MVAR
8.
Test with Max load on cooling system, SVC operated at __________ MVAR.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Time
9.
10.
Ph. R
Ph. Y
TCR ________________
Ph. B
Ph. R
Ph. Y
Ph. B
11.
Reactive Symmetry
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Prim. Values
Q-tot Ph.
Prim. Values
Q-tot Ph.
12.
b-c
c-a
b-c
c-a
b-c
c-a
Impedance ()
a-b
b-c
c-a
b-c
c-a
Impedance ()
a-b
b-c
c-a
Static Characteristic
Rated values on SVC used for calculation, are:
Un: ________kV
In: ________A
Bn: ________mS
Measurement of susceptance and setting calculation in switching points:
SwitchPoint
U (kV)
I (A)
B (mS)
B (p. u.)
Parameter
Name
Value
SwitchPoint
U (kV)
I (A)
B (ms)
B (p. u.)
Parameter
Name
Name
U (kV)
I (A)
B (ms)
B (p.u.)
Name
Value
____________ _____________
____________ _____________
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
U (kV)
I (A)
B (ms)
B (p.u.)
BREFNOM: ____________
Measurement of slope:
Slope
(%)
TCSP105R01/TMA
Uprim
(kV)
Iprim
(A)
Uref
(value)
Uprim - Uref
(kV)
(kV)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Slope
(%)
Uprim
(kV)
Uref
Iprim
(A)
(value)
Uprim - Uref
(kV)
(value)
set __________%
Measured ____________%
set __________%
Measured ____________%
VREGKI: _________
VREGNI: _________
1.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Name
Value
Corresponds to
_________
_________
_________
__________
__________
__________
______________
______________
______________
MLOSSLEV: ___________
MLOSST: ____________
Corresponds to ___________ seconds delay
Value
Corresponds to
__________
__________
__________
______________
______________
______________
Redundancy Systems
It was checked that the SVC operates correct during the following change-overs to
redundant functions.
Checked
To standby pump in cooling system: -----------------
To standby incoming AC supply: ------------------___________________________: ------------------________________________: ---------------------
___________________________: ------------------
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.
TCSP105R01/TMA
150
151
152
153
155
157
158
159
160
163
164
165
166
171
172
173
175
176
177
179
180
181
182
183
184
186
187
188
190
191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Guidelines for Testing Digital& numerical Protection & control Relays and IEDs
DESCRIPTION
Digital Protection relays with multiple possible configurations or multiple
enable-able protection elements are to be tested as per their protection use
in the scheme.
Devices that have multiple standards of characteristics to be tested as per
SEC used standards (example IEC standard curves for Over-Current Time
Inverse characteristics)
Proper configuration of local (and remote) CT / VT ratios especially for
distributed differential arrangements
Proper configuration of CT type (Protection, Metering) and accuracy class
for IEDs to assure the correct current representation for sampled values
(Sample Resolution: bits per sample
& Sample Frequency: samples per second)
CT Saturation or CT open secondary supervision in each bay unit of
distributed differential arrangements with proper latching alarms and trip
blocking logic
Communication channel test (one way total communication delay time, bit
error rate)
REMARKS
Ref IEC
61850-5 ,
Clause
13.7.4
<10ms delay
time for
sampled
values
<1ms delay
time for trip
commands
Ref IEC
61850-5 ,
Table B.5
12.
13.
14.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Ref IEC
61850-10,
Clause
6.2.4.16.1
Ref IEC
61850-10,
Clause
6.2.4.16.2
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Configuration
should be
signed from
manufacturer.
Verify that the final configuration of the relay is fixed and not accessible
without proper software or authorization.
Check Relay configuration and interface with PC.
Ensure that relay Disturbance Fault recorder & internal event recorder are
working properly.
The reference values (% tolerance allowed) for each device should be
compulsory mentioned on test report
Ensure that the error percentage between set values and actual values
within the acceptable limit For all tested settings and check all error limits
are included in test formats.
Any testing performed to digital or electronic equipment requires the use of
proper antistatic gear (anti-static mat, anti static wrist guard) for anyone in
contact with the equipment.
Testing of numerical control:
Mimic and single line diagram on the relay display has to be checked
according to approved single line diagram of SS
Control configuration and all functions the relay has to be checked
according to approved schematic diagram and approved configuration.
Interlocking logics have to checked and studied according to approved
scheme and conditions.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch positions. The position
indications are checked by local operation in the field and the physical
position of every device has to be compared with the shown position on the
local mimic, the displays of the relays and on the SAS.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch commands. The
command has to be checked for the possible modes (Local, Emergency &
Remote,). Local operation mode at the relay display can be selected by
selector button on the relay display. Every switching devices has to be
operated (open and close) in the local mode. Remote mode at SAS at the
relay display can be selected by selector button on the relay display. Every
switching devices has to be operated (open and close) in the remote mode.
The proper LED indication has to be checked.
The interlocking logic for local and remote operation can be either checked
from locally from relay display or remotely from SAS. These conditions
have to be checked according to the approved base design document.
Eventually the system contains an interlocking override function which has
to be checked by the certain instance (e.g. Mimic, UBC or SAS.)
Checking of close blocking by lock out relay.
checking of synchrocheck function
check of measurement
Check of automatic voltage regulator.
Check of alarm panel.
Remark:
SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM procedures must be submitted from suppliers at least 6
months before starting commissioning for study by SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.4
Auxiliary Relay
(Auto Reset Auxiliary Relays (Auto Reset, Hand Reset, Electrically Reset, BiStable, Trip Lockout Relay (86) & Trip Auto Reset Relay (94))
4.4.1 General Mechanical checks and visual inspection.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1. General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
2.
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3. Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4. Check armature gap.
For hand reset
5. Check Lockout mechanism.
auxiliary relays,
Check Reset mechanism.
Trip Lockout
Relay (86) and
Bi-stable relay
For electrical
reset auxiliary
relays
6.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
Check the continuity of the contacts.
Check the resistance of all output contacts.
Check the pick up voltage and current of operating Coil.
4.
7.
8.
9.
5.
6.
REMARKS
As per 4.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
10.
DESCRIPTION
Check the operating time of the operate Coil at lowest nominal supply
voltage.
Check Operate Coil and Rest Coil power consumption during operation
at nominal rated voltage.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
For electrically
reset
For auto
reset, hand
reset, Bistable,
electricall
y reset,
Trip
Lockout
Relay
(86), Trip
Auto
Reset
Relay (94)
For electrically
reset
For electrically
reset
For Bi-stable
relay
For Bi-stable
relay
Trip
Lockout
Relay
(86), Trip
Auto
Reset
Relay (94)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.5
Timers (62)
4.5.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
2.
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4.5.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Ensure correct values of external resistors (where applicable) and check
2.
these are wired to the correct relay terminals.
3.
Check Pick-up and Drop-off Voltage.
4.
Check current at Pick-up\ drop-off voltage.
5.
Check the contact operating time pickup\ drop-off Test.
6.
Check the burden at rated voltage.
Check Timing at different points setting.
Note that the
measuring
accuracy
7.
depends upon
the accuracy of
the instrument
used.
Check that trip indicator operates correctly and can be reset using reset
8.
mechanism. For versions fitted with LEDs trip indicator check proper
operation of LEDs.
9.
Check that contact operate by doing continuity check.
Check that necessary trip and alarm circuits are energized according to
10. relevant Schematic diagram by operating the relay with trip and alarm
links restored.
11. Timer range to match drawing
4.5.3 Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.6
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
Ensure the correct values of external resistors (where appropriate) are
2.
wired to the correct relay terminals.
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
3.
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
4.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
Check Current Supervision feature in Under Voltage relay.
5.
4.6.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
If applicable.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Testing the Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Final Trip Test
As per 5.11
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.7
ITEM
1
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
Electrical tests
ITEM
2.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
1.
DESCRIPTION
13.
14.
15.
12.
4.7.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
Percentage
error % (
error% =
(measured
expected)/exp
ected
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
PAGE NO. 159 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.8
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
Check armature gap.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
b.
ITEM
1.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
REMARKS
As per 4.2
Alarm and Trip
Supply should
be
separate
from
each
other.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.8.2
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
2.
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
3.
4.
Check armature gap.
5.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
b.
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Check that rating of the relay agree with the Auxiliary Supply to which it
2.
is connected.
3.
Check that DC Supplies are wired with the correct polarity.
Alarm and Trip
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
Supply should be
separate
from
each other.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
applicable)
should be taken
into
account
during
application
of
voltages.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.8.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
REMARKS
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
Check armature gap.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
b.
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Check that rating of the relay agree with the Auxiliary Supply to which it
2.
is connected.
3.
Check that DC Supplies are wired with the correct polarity.
Alarm and Trip
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
Supply should be
separate
from
each other.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
applicable) should
be into taken
account
during
application
of
voltages.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
With the C.B. closed Check pickup / Dropoff for both voltage and
current of Operating coil-2.
Check power consumption when the relay is energized.
Check operating Coil Resistance.
Check voltage across relay coil when circuit breaker is open and closed.
Check voltage across external resistors (where applicable) when circuit
breaker is open and closed.
With the circuit breaker closed apply a temporary Short circuit across
each of the external resistors (where applicable) of the trip circuit. Ensure
the C.B. does not trip.
Initiate Alarm by removing fuse.
Check Nominal contact voltage AC/DC.
Check for visual indication for power supply, pickup and reset.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.9
REMARKS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is free
to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the reset
2.
mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the relay
element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4.
Check armature gap.
4.9.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
(Approx. 95 %
for I> / In 0.5 )
Check Tripping Time of Over Current for all phases & Earth fault (Low
set stage.) ( for several setting adjustments )
Check Pick-up & Drop off Values of Over Current for all phases & Earth
fault (High set stage). ( for several setting adjustments )
Check Tripping Time of Over Current for all phases & Earth fault (High
set stage.) ( for several setting adjustments )
Witness binary inputs and outputs and annunciations.
Check displayed measurements in primary or secondary values if Percentage error
% ( error% =
applicable.
(measured
expected)/expecte
d
4.9.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.10
Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) Over-Current & earth fault protection
relay
4.10.1 General Mechanical checks and visual inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
REMARKS
As per 4.1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Check displayed measurements in primary or secondary values if Percentage error
applicable.
% ( error% =
(measured
expected)/expect
ed
Check for External resistors, where applicable.
Perform relay self-test procedure and external communications checks
on digital/numerical relays.
Check Pick-up & Drop off Values of Over Current for all phases &
Earth fault (Low set stage.) ( for several setting adjustments )
Check Pick-up & Drop off Values of Over Current for all phases &
Earth fault (High set stage). ( for several setting adjustments )
Check Normal inverse characteristics on different multiples of plug 2x, 5x, 10x Is
setting /current setting. (For all 3 phase over current & earth fault )
Check Very inverse characteristics on different multiples of plug setting 2x, 5x, 10x Is
/current setting. (For all 3 phase over current & earth fault )
Check Extremely inverse characteristics on different multiples of plug 2x, 5x, 10x Is
setting /current setting. (For all 3 phase over current & earth fault )
Check Long time inverse characteristics on different multiples of plug 2x, 5x, 10x Is
setting /current setting. (For all 3 phase over current & earth fault )
Check Tripping Time of Over Current & Earth fault (High set stage.)
Check the over current & earth fault indication LED's, display and fault
& event recorders.
Check tripping indication.
4.10.3 Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. Final Trip Test
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.11
ITEM
1. General Visual Inspection
2. Indications checked
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3
if
applicable
Check at every
plug tap and
multiplier
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Measurements
a. pick up (PU)
b. drop out (DO)
c. ratio DO/PU %
Check CBF for mechanical protection initiate low current mode in the If applicable
relay if applicable
Check relay operating time for all re-trip stages
Current applied
2I setting
Check relay setting
At each phase
PLUG TAP x MULTIPLIER
Check annunciation LEDs
Check annunciation contacts
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
4.11.3 Related Tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per 5.17 ,
5.18
(when remote
tripping is
applicable)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.12
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
Indications checked
CT Supervision indication and flags should be latching
CT ratios, CT Matching for all CTs in the same zone or use of correct
matching CTs and CT grouping per protection zone.
b.
Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3
if
applicable
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.7
As per 5.11
As per 5.23.6
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
1. General Visual Inspection
2. Indications checked
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
b. Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
Measurements
a. Measuring at every Bay Unit (BU).
b. Measuring Idif and Istab Check Zone (CZ) at Central Unit (CU).
c. Take the reading of Idif and Istab of Bus Zone (BZ) and CZ Form
the testing equipment
Bus bar protection diff. current alarm test (at many setting values and
final setting)
Measure the pickup
3.
Measure the drop off
Measure the time
Check the relay LED
4.
Bus bar protection diff. current
Pickup test (at many setting values and final setting)
Measure the pickup current at CZ
Measure the operate time at 2Isetting at CZ and check the relay LED.
4.1
Measure the pickup current at BZ
Measure the operate time at 2Isetting at every BZ and check the relay
LED
5.
Bus bar protection diff. current slope test
Bus zone. ( discrimination zone)
Measure Idiff and Istab
Calculate K = Idiff / Istab
( or according to relay manual)
5.1
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3 if
applicable
By injecting
current from test
switch of bay unit.
Bus zone
(selective zone)
(discrimination
zone) depending
on which isolator
closed.
Idiff supervision
: ON
Take these
measurement at
every BZ and CZ
Idiff supervision
: OFF
Define the K
factor (slope
setting)
Connect Bay unit
X and Bay unit
Y on the same Bus
Zone (BZ).
Inject I10 at
BU-X & I2180
BU-Y with equal
magnitude,
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
5.2
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
decrease / increase
any one up to trip
,measure : Id & Is
,then Calculate
slope = Id / Is
Note that : Idiff = |
I1 - I2 | and
IStab = | I1| + | I2 |
and K= Id/Is
Verify this
Check zone
connection
Measure Idiff and Istab
Bay unit X and
Calculate K = Idiff / Istab
Bay
unit Y on
( or according to relay manual)
the same BZ , but
, Bay unit Z on
a different BZ .
Inject I10 2.0
A(or according to
setting) threshold
(CZ), Increase
I2180 up to trip,
Calculate. slope =
I2/I1
BU-X,Y and Z
should be of same
ratio
Config. , B/I
Breaker failure protection test (if it is included in BBP relay)
CBF start 3p ,
Measure pickup current (for all phases)
Led CBF trip ,
Measure drop off current (for all phases)
B/O-1 CBF rep.
Measure time stage 1
trip 3P ( stg.-1 )
Measure time stage 2
B/O-2 CBF trip
Check relay LED's
3P ( stg.-2 )
Note that: CBF. Stg.-1 trip is related to the local feeder (bay unit).
Increase current
CBF. Stg. - 2 trip is related to the bus zone of that feeder up to P/U and
(bay unit).
decrease up to
D/O
For timing Stg 1
use B/O-1 , For
timing Stg 2 use
B/O-2
7.1
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
7.2
7.3
Testing function
Measure time of CB faulty (ms)
7.4 Measure time of I < (ms)
Measure time of End fault (ms)
Check the relay LEDs
7.5 Diff. current super vision function checked
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
).if this B/I is
activated in the
same time with
(B/I CBF start
3poles )
The relay will
trip the entire bus
bar at stage 1
time or as per the
time setting for
T-BF CB fault.
If this function :
ON ,C.B closed
, CBF start
3poles ,without
current
The trip(CBF
trip L123 ) will
issued after time
T-BF low current
(without CB
fault)
If CB fault is
there , the trip
(CBF trip L123)
will issued after
time T-BF CB
fault
Config.( B/O to
End Flt Trip) ,
make this
function : ON
and if the (C.B
is open ) is
activated with
injected current,
The End fault
trip will issued
immediately to
trip the remote
End .
Measure at every
bay unit
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
DESCRIPTION
a) Check Blocking during fault.
b) Check Blocking till release
c) Check Alarm without blocking
Isolator supervision function checked
a) Check Blocking during fault.
b) Check Blocking till release
c) Check Alarm without blocking
d) Blocking till acknowledge
All LED's checked
All binary input checked
All command relay checked
All signal relay checked
All bay unit checked
a ) check DC Fail ( for both setting old status and close )
b ) check Comm. Fail ( for all Bays )
c ) check Out Of Service according to scheme according to relay
features availability and its manual)
d ) check Maintenance (for all Bays)
Fault recorder checked
BF inter-trip with BB fault
Check the commissioning of the used Auxiliary contacts of breakers and
Isolators are in line with Manufacture recommendation
Check the close command is terminated for all bays which take breaker
status in account
Check power supply
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal faults
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
5.13As per
5.7As per
5.11As per
5.23.6As per
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.13
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
Visual inspection of protective cover / shroud with high voltage caution
2.
label
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
Check the characteristics of the Metrosil
1.
REMARKS
Apply the
appropriate
voltage and
measure the
corresponding
current and
draw a curve
between
current and
voltage.
Compare the
results with
the approved
characteristics
DESCRIPTION
On Load TEST
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.23.6
(BB), 5.23.5
(REF)
(measure metrosil
current during on
load stability)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.14
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
4.14.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Electric Tests
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3 if
applicable
ITEM
1.
2.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3 Be sure
that the reference
used voltages for all
bays are
synchronized. Be
sure during VT loop
test, control function
test and LCC
function test the
synchronizing
voltage circuit are
correct and C.B close
block conditions are
correct.
PAGE NO. 172 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.15
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
CT shorting checked
Indications checked
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
4.15.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
1
2
3
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Measurement checking:
Secondary & primary values of V, I, angle, P& Q for all phases.
Zero sequence
setting should be
zero
6
7
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.1.1
7.1.1.2
7.1.1.3
7.1.1.4
7.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.4
7.5
8
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
10
10.1
TCSP105R01/TMA
Apply approved
final setting for
testing
Apply approved
final setting for
testing
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
than the setting of
Maximum current
threshold and
zero voltage
appear for more
than the setting,
FFM(Fuse failure
monitoring) will
appear after preset time (for
example 10
seconds) with
distance blocking.
10.2
10.3
11
12
13
13.1
13.2
14
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
Apply approved
final setting for
testing
Apply approved
final setting for
testing
Apply approved
final setting for
testing
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per 5.17
As per 5.23.3
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.16
ITEM
1.
2.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Blocking of
directional
element
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per 5.23.3
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.17
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1. General Visual Inspection
4.17.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
Check relay applied configuration according to approved configuration
and to schematic drawing.
Adjust relay time setting as instantaneous zero seconds. Adjust the
tester direction angle as forward direction. Check Pick-up & Drop off
Values of the Current and voltage, for all phases and select type of
fault for testing.
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
Percentage
error % (
error% =
(measured
expected)/expe
cted
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.18
ITEM
1 General Visual Inspection
4.18.2
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
1.
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.7
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
5.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
DESCRIPTION
Current transformer supervision test procedure:
a. Simulate CTS state at local relay by inject ve sequence current.
b. Increase currents gradually till reach the setting.
c. Check the block state of the relay and measure the block time.
d. Check the restrain state of the relay.
e. Check the alarms appear at the relay at local & remote ends.
f. Check the value of the relay operates (Is1CTS).
g. Simulate CTS, then decrease currents gradually till the relay reset
CTS state
h. Check the value of relay operates.
Repeat the above steps for remote end
Check Back Up Over Current Protection
Check there is +ve can be send from test socket while test plug inserting
to block the relay in order to prevent wrong operation.
7.
4.18.3
As per 4.12
For some relays
which there
were bad history
of wrong
operation
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal
faults
3.
4.
5.
6.
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
If applicable
REMARKS
(if possible
with high
burden
primary
injection set
for short
power cables)
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per 5.17&
5.18
(by secondary
injection,
specially if
Stability &
Sensitivity test
via primary
injection is not
possible)
As per 5.23.2
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.19
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
4.19.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. Final Trip Test
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3 if
applicable
2.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
(check proper reclosing and lockout
during trip test
depending on trip
source)
(check proper reclosing and lockout
with local and
remote trip
depending on trip
source)
PAGE NO. 179 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.20
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
CT ratios, and matching CT selection is correct for TX type (Star or
2.
Delta) and for Vector Group
4.20.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
General Electrical Tests
if applicable
Through current restrain/stability test. For all phases and all types of By Secondary
faults
Injection
Pick-up\drop off differential current Id> test (without zero sequence
elimination and with it). For all phases and all types of faults and
transformer sides.
Pick-up\drop off differential current Id>> test. For all phases and all
types of faults and transformer sides.
BIAS CHARACTERISTIC TESTING for all phases and all types of
faults
2nd & 5th Harmonic restraint Test. For all phases and all types of faults
Cross blocking function test. For all phases and all types of faults
Negative sequence Relay Operating Angle test ( if it is applicable)
Sensitive negative sequence ( turn-to-turn fault ) test( if it is applicable)
4.20.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal faults
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per
As per
As per
As per
5.15
5.4
5.11
5.23.4
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.21
ITEM
1. General Visual Inspection
4.21.2
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal faults
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per
As per
As per
As per
5.16
5.4
5.11
5.23.5
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.22
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
4.22.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Check f>, f< Pick up & drop off for all stages and for selected various
adjusting setting values.
Check f>>, f<< Pick up & drop off for all stages and for selected
various adjusting setting values.
Check time settings for all stages and for all frequency functions (f<, f>,
f>>&f<<)
Check frequency rate of change for all stages.(df/dt)
Check Blocking pickup and reset for Under voltage condition.
Check applied voltage with measured voltage on relay display screen if
applicable (for digital relays).
4.22.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
As per 5.6
As per 5.11
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.23
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
4.23.2
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
2.
3.
4.
5.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.5
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.24
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1. General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Check the DFR name plate information for compliance to approved
2.
drawings and equipment/ material list.
3. Check the printer, PC work station, and monitor if available.
4.24.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Check availability of spare channels for future extensions.
10.
4.24.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. Final Trip Test
4.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
Depending on
contract.
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
(Check fault
recorder event
triggers are
received
correctly during
trip test)
As per 5.18,
5.17
(Check fault
recorder event
triggers and
carrier received
are received
correctly during
end to end test)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.25
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
Check the Sequence Of Event recorder name plate information for
compliance to approved drawings and equipment/ material list.
Check the printer, PC work station, and monitor if available.
4.25.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
Configure:
- Channel Type
- Channel Name
Depending on
contract.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
4.25.3
REMARKS
As per 4.1
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
(Check event
recorder event
triggers are
received correctly
during trip test)
As per 5.18, 5.17
(Check event
recorder event
triggers and
carrier received
are received
correctly during
end to end test)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.26
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Check the Lamp Test and confirm that all indications are lighted up.
Check all applied settings are according to approved settings in
schematic drawings.
Test all the alarms and check silence, acknowledge and reset functions.
a. Alarm indication lamp flashes on receipt of alarm.
b. Pressing Acknowledge does not reset the alarm.
c. Alarm does not reset until Reset is pressed.
Check annunciator regulated alarm output voltage.
Check dual supply operation by disabling primary and back-up supplies
one at a time, and check relay indication for supply healthy/fail.
Confirm the annunciator failure alarm to SCADA.
4.26.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.10
As per 5.11
(Check trip
alarms during trip
test)
As per 5.17, 5.18
(Check alarms
during end to end
test:
Trip, Lockout,
Auto re-closer,
fault recorder,
communication
failure,
communication
received)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.27
Transducer
4.27.1
ITEM
1.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Verify that the transducer output range is compatible with the RTU
2.
input setting.
WATT TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
Check the Input Watt and output Ratio error at Different Current and
1.
Voltage levels.
Check the Input Watt and output Ratio error at Different Power Factor
2.
values and Angles.
VAR TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
1.
Check the Input VAR and output Ratio error at Different VARs.
Check the Input VAR and output Ratio error at Different Power Factor
2.
values and Angles.
VOLTAGE TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with voltage at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
1.
Check the Input and output Ratio error at Different Voltage Values.
CURRENT TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
1.
Check the Input and output Ratio error at Different Current Values.
FREQUENCY TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with voltage with varying the frequency at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
Check the Input Frequency and output Ratio error at Different
1.
Frequency Values.
2.
Check input signal proportional to the output dc signal Test.
Check the connections according to manufacturer's standard
3.
connection procedure
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
WATT-HOURS TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
For a duration of 15 minutes minimum.
1.
Check the accuracy of watt-hour Meter.
2.
Check the polarity of the potential transformer.
3.
Check the polarity of the current transformer.
Check the connection of the potential and current circuit base
4.
on manufacturers standard procedure.
VAR-HOUR TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
For a duration of 15 minutes minimum.
1.
Check the accuracy of VAR-hour Meter
2.
Check the polarity of the potential transformer
3.
Check the polarity of the current transformer
Check the connection of the potential and current circuit base on
4.
manufacturers standard procedure
4.27.3
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.28
ITEM
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Check the communication channels like Profibus, Modbus, and Ethernet etc
are working.
4.28.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if applicable
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4.28.3
If applicable.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 5.8
PAGE NO. 190 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
4.29
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
if applicable
Check that rating of the PLC of ACCS agrees with the Auxiliary Supply
to which it is connected.
Manufacturer should be submitted ACCS configuration to SEC and
3.
approved.
Check PLC applied configuration according to approved configuration,
4.
schematic drawing and operation requirement.
Check the Schematic diagram for ACCS Schemes according to single line
5.
diagram and protection requirement.
Ensure that all ACCS setting can be changed from HMI of ACCS and the
6.
setting saved without changed if DC supply is switched off.
7. Perform PLC self-test procedure and external communications checks.
Ensure that the ACCS mimic diagram for panel and HMI are matching
8. with actual switch gear panels and single line diagram of approved
drawings.
Check all PLC binary inputs and PLC outputs, INDICATION LEDs,
alarm indication messages on HMI, event & fault recorder and
9.
Annunciation. All checking should be according to schematic drawing to
check breakers status, several conditions and expected actions.
Check Automatic switching ON and OFF of the capacitor banks shall be
10. based on 1- Reactive Power measurement 2- Voltage measurement on
respective busses 3- Power Factor
2.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Checking of the ACCS SCHEME:
Check status of all related circuit breakers, devises, equipments and
protective relays for each case.
Check LEDs, display messages and alarm annunciations settings for each
13.
case.
Ensure that all interlock circuit for capacitor is as per approved drawing
and ACCS approved configuration.
Measure all time settings in PLC configuration for all cases.
4.29.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
As per 5.9
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.
TCSP105R01/TMA
193
194
196
198
203
205
206
207
208
209
211
212
213
215
217
220
222
224
229
230
230
230
230
231
232
233
235
235
235
236
237
238
238
238
239
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
Before testing
Approved commissioning copy schematic drawing shall be prechecked.
b. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be completed
and witnessed. All test results must be available and signed.
c. Auxiliaries, timers, contactors, pulse units, annunciators, MCBs
etc.
d. All final settings applied as appropriate (timers, pulse units,
annunciators) shall be applied and witnessed.
20% of all auxiliary relays, timers, contactors, pulse units, annunciators,
MCBs etc, should be tested and witnessed.
Verify that each supply is wired point to point, with no unsupervised
branches. Supervision is checked by wire removal at every point in the
circuit to make sure the supervision flag drops.
Check that the ability to access to every equipment terminal is easy
Check DC source and DC loops (control, interlock & power supply)
according to the schematic drawings.
Check DC Segregation for opening / tripping circuit, closing circuit, &
according to the
alarm circuit.
schematic
drawings
according to the
Check AC and DC MCB's ratings grading.
schematic drawings
according to the
Check the supply change over function.
schematic drawings
according to the
Check AC source and AC loops.
schematic drawings
according to the
Check the thermostat and the heaters.
schematic drawings
Check the AC lamp,DC lamps and door switch and Check lamp test for according to the
schematic drawings
all equipment
according to the
Check AC socket.
schematic drawings
Check the ferrules as per specification.
Check the labels.
according to the
Check DC supervision.
schematic drawings
according to the
Check AC supervision.
schematic drawings
according to the
Check the alarm signal to SCADA, Mosaic panel (control panel), Alarm
schematic drawings
panel, Protection panel, fault recorder including equipment fail and
watchdog alarms.
All control, protection, metering and signaling equipment shall be
capable of satisfactory operation at an indoor ambient temperature of
55C.
Check cable into control kiosk /cubicles/panels are properly sealed or
glanded and terminated on suitable terminals in kiosk.
a.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
DESCRIPTION
Check panels earthing as per specification.
Check cables for proper shielding and grounding
Check proper Terminal Block arrangement and labeling:
a. Shorting & Isolating for CT circuits
b. Isolating for VT circuits
c. Solid Type for control circuits
d. Trip Isolation facilities where needed
e. Solid type with spring loaded for trip circuits
f. Knife type for alarms
Check that heat sources such as external resistors are covered with
suitable covers and far away from panel wiring.
Check that CT and VT circuits are facilitated with suitable covers and
caution labels for protection.
Ensure availability of proper test facility depending on the type of
protection or metering equipment:
Shorting test facility for current circuits
Isolating test facility for voltage circuits
Trip and Alarm isolation when relays are being tested
Check that caution labels and caution clauses in the schematic drawing
are included to prevent accidental on-load opening of CT circuits.
Check the availability of proper panel lighting controlled by a door
switch and electrically connected to the emergency DC supply as well.
Check Color coding of panel wiring as per relevant specification
Check that at least 10% spare cable cores are provided and terminated at
the terminal blocks farthest from the cable entry.
Check that percent (10%) spare terminals shall be provided on each
terminal block.
Check that ten percent (10%) spare alarm windows are available for
future modifications
Check that terminal blocks are grouped according to function, i.e. Power
Supplies (AC or DC), VT, CT, DC controls, annunciation, SOE,
SCADA etc. and shall be labeled accordingly. Terminal blocks for
different voltages (AC or DC), CT, PT shall be located separated DIN
rails.
Check that the physical wiring matches the schematic drawings and that
any difference between scheme and implementation or correction in
interface points is marked up in green and red ink.
Check wire rating, color coding, cross section, ferruling, trip markers
('T') and DC supply markers ('+' , '-')
Protective shrouds on high voltage areas in the panel such as CT
terminal blocks with caution labels, protective shrouds on exposed
resistors for high impedance protection relays, protective shrouds on
metrosil's for REF etc
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per relevant SEC
specifications
Shorting before
isolation
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Function Tests
As per 5.1
Check proper arrangement and labeling of all bays and compartments in
the mimic diagram on the LCC panel, and that these labels agree with the
2.
switchgear layout, the mimic panel in the control room and the approved
drawings.
Check proper labeling and arrangement of gas and hydraulic diagrams on
3.
the LCC panel.
If withdrawable circuit breakers are used for isolating purposes then
4.
indication of circuit breaker service, test and withdrawable positions
shall be provided on the panel and connected to SCADA interface panel.
Check All panel alarms, initiated from the main source (contact of gauge,
5.
breaker...etc) to all destinations (control room , common alarm panel,
LCC Annunciator , SCADA)
Make sure that all mechanism compartments are easily accessible and
6.
properly arranged for future maintenance or inspection.
Check local (Switchgear mechanism compartment and LCC panel) and
remote (control room and SCADA back indication) equipment position
7.
indication of all switchgear, including half way position indication at test
and service positions according to approved schematic drawings..
Check the flickering indication of DS/ES during moving including half
8.
way position indication at test and service positions according to approved
schematic drawings.
Operation
Check the function of circuit breakers ( open close trip1 trip2)
Local &
9.
remote1
Check CB Anti Pumping Function / Trip Free Function {at local and
remote position) and ( at test and service position)}
Step 1: Ensure Gas, Air and DC Supply is normal for the CB under test.
10.
Step 2: Close the Breaker Electrically and Hold the Control Switch in
CLOSE position.
Step 3: Trip the Breaker by Externally extending the DC Supply to Trip
Circuit. (Not by any trip relays which is used for close interlock)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
DESCRIPTION
Step 4: Observe the Breaker to TRIP and remain in
OPEN position & does not close.
Step 5: Thus Anti Pumping function found working with the
above sequence.
Check CB Anti-Slam Function
Check the function of lock switch and emergency switch of each
component according to schematic drawing.
Check the function of the isolators and earth switches ( open close)
REMARKS
Local &
remote
Check local and remote (from control room & SCADA) operation of CB,
DS, ES.
Check the all auxiliary contacts (52-a /52-b) of the circuit breaker and the
DS / ES
Check breaker closing/ tripping blocking e.g. for SF6 low stage 1 / stage 2
Interlocking
Check that the interlocking schedules are approved and revised by
operation department.
Checks the interlock circuit compared with the approved drawing and
ensure also that there are interlock between mechanical and electrical
operation.
Check that the interlock circuit is normally blocking even with DC failure.
In the design of the scheme continuously energized relays shall be avoided
as far as possible. It shall operate in a fail-safe mode by ensuring that
interlock release conditions are established only by energizing a relay or
relays.
Ensure that lockable switch is provided at each local control kiosk to
manually over-ride the interlocking for that switchgear bay.
Ensure that Manual operation of all earthing switches and maintenance
earthing devices is only possible under electrical interlock release
conditions.
Check operation blocking during half way position or disconnector / earth
switch failure.
For withdraw-able circuit breakers check mechanical interlocking between
earth switches and breaker rack-in rack-out operation.
Check mechanical interlocking conditions as per approved interlock
diagram.
Check proper operation of de-interlocking selector switch and ASSURE
the lock ability of this selector if available.
Check CB Close block conditions for example permanent faults (lockout
operated) or GIS malfunction (insulation medium low).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for service,
panel doors, handles...etc
CT shorting checked
Indications checked
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
5.3.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests for Protection Relays
General Function Tests
Trip circuit supervision
Verify integrity of individual trip circuit supervision, including preclosing and closed CB supervision.
Make sure wiring is made point to point with no branched connections
to make sure that all trip supplies are supervised
Disable Trip circuits individually and verify that the other circuit is
healthy and operable.
Trip circuit supervision should have indication on both the control
panel and in the alarm scheme
Verify tripping arrangement as per approved schematic drawings,
example:
a. First main protection to trip on circuit 1
b. Second main to trip on circuit 2
c. Bus bar protection or breaker fail or Transformer differential
protection to trip on both TC1 and TC2
Check wiring for bus bar protection loop and CBF relay, check CBF
supply is ok, check CBF initiation from all trip relays, and that all trips
(even mechanical trips) initiate trip relays, which then initiate the CBF.
When specified, the relay panel should incorporate proper In/out facility:
Locally or remotely operated (SCADA)
Indication and or Alarm of the status of the protection (in or out)
Disconnecting alarm and trip contacts when in out position
Bus-bar zone out of service will still trip depending on check zone (for
discrimination zone out), or depending on discrimination zone (for check
zone out of service)
Verify the use of close blocking lockout relays and auto resetting trip
relays is as per scheme depending on the type of protection operated.
Mimic & Indication
REMARKS
As per 4.2 & 4.3
As per 5.1
As per
approved
scheme
Verify that the mimic diagram and equipment labeling is correct and
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
DESCRIPTION
matches the switchgear layout, the LCC panel, and the approved
drawings.
Verify that the indication in the mimic panel matches the indication in
the LCC panel and the actual position of CB/DS/ES is it open, closed,
moving (flickering), or middle position (flickering).
Availability and operation of lamp test switches
Local Remote Operation
REMARKS
Check the discrepancy switches for proper operating (open, close) and
check their contacts arrangements to match the schematic drawings for
number of contacts and type of contact (NO, NC)
Check the availability of lockable local/remote switches and check
local and remote commands of the switch gear from the control panel
and SCADA and ensure that the electrical interlocking is maintained
for remote operation of the switchgear from the mimic/control panel.
Check all operating loop contacts/conditions for SCADA commands
individually including necessary interlocks, SF6 low, close block,
etc
Check commands and back indication with SCADA interfacing panel.
Metering
Check that meters are available in the correct scales for the rating of
the equipment and that they have been tested and final set (for digital
equipment) correctly and are properly labeled.
Check availability of proper test facility for testing of panel meters, this
facility MUST have proper polarity wiring for accurate testing.
Synchronizing panel:
Verify the required conditions to connect the voltage transformers of
selected feeder to the Synchro-check system
Verify synchronizing interlock such as:
Following selection of synchronize operation on the feeder, selection
on any other feeders shall be prevented until the system has reset.
MCB trip for the required P.T shall prevent synchronizing system
operation
Verify C.B closing with automatic synchronizing from local and
SCADA, also check manual synchronizing
Check the function of the bypass selector switch from SCADA and
local.
Check operation of indication & alarm lamps.
Check that alarm and also a visual indication shall appear on the
substation central signaling system and the signal shall also be wired with
a potential free N.O. contact to the SCADA interface cubicle for
transmission to LDC.
Check that alarm system failure contacts initiates alarm to SCADA
Check that all substation support systems (communication equipment,
battery room MCB's, Battery chargers, Fire protection, HVAC control
TCSP105R01/TMA
As approved
schematic
drawing
As per
approved alarm
PAGE NO. 199 OF 241
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
15.
16.
17.
18.
DESCRIPTION
panel etc) are incorporated in the substation general alarm scheme.
Check that successful AC or DC automated bus transfer does not initiate
any AC or DC supply fail alarms (that AC and DC fail alarms are non
latching and that annunciator time setting is compatible with ATS change
over settings).
Check proper time and color setting for alarms (trip and non trip / urgent
and non-urgent) as per alarms specification.
Check zone selection for BB protection loop depending on isolator
position.
Bus bar trips and trip conditions (by simulation from the source panel
(bus bar panel)
5.3.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
Digital Protection relays with multiple possible configurations or multiple
enable-able protection elements are to be tested as per their protection use
in the scheme.
Devices that have multiple standards of characteristics to be tested as per
SEC used standards (example IEEE standard curves for Over-Current
Time Inverse characteristics)
Proper configuration of local (and remote) CT / VT ratios especially for
distributed differential arrangements
Proper configuration of CT type (Protection, Metering) and accuracy class
for IEDs to assure the correct current representation for sampled values
(Sample Resolution: bits per sample
& Sample Frequency: samples per second)
CT Saturation or CT open secondary supervision in each bay unit of
distributed differential arrangements with proper latching alarms and trip
blocking logic
Communication channel test (one way total communication delay time, bit
error rate)
6.
7.
8.
REMARKS
list or relevant
alarm
specification.
REMARKS
<10ms delay
time for
sampled values
<1ms delay
time for trip
commands
Ref IEC
61850-5 , Table
B.5
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
When a relay is placed in loop-back mode or a self test state and is not
responsive for to live CT / VT inputs, it should have a local indication in
the relay / control panel as well as a latching remote alarm indicating that
the protection is out of service.
GPS Time lock and synchronization test at time master
Verify Substation master clock distribution to slave devices , Check that Ref IEC 61850report/logging timestamp accuracy matches the documented timestamp 10, Clause
quality of the server
6.2.4.16.1
Ref IEC 61850Verify that the event time synchronization communication lost is detected
10, Clause
after a specified period
6.2.4.16.2
IP addressing assigned as per SEC standards and clear IP address labels on
the front of every Relay / IED
Verify use of non-volatile memory or internal battery for continuous
storage of protection settings and relay configurations even with total DC
failure.
Configuration
Verify that the final configuration of the relay is fixed and not accessible should be signed
without proper software or authorization.
from
manufacturer.
Check Relay configuration and interface with PC.
Ensure that relay Disturbance Fault recorder & internal event recorder are
working properly.
Ensure that the error percentage between set values and actual values
within the acceptable limit For all tested settings and check all error limits
are included in test formats.
Any testing performed to digital or electronic equipment requires the use of
proper antistatic gear (anti-static mat, anti static wrist guard) for anyone in
contact with the equipment.
Mimic and single line diagram on the relay display has to be checked
according to approved single line diagram of SS
Control configuration and all functions of the relay have to be checked
according to approved schematic diagram and approved configuration.
Interlocking logics have to checked and studied according to approved
scheme and conditions.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch positions. The position
indications are checked by local operation in the field and the physical
position of every device has to be compared with the shown position on the
local mimic, the displays of the relays and on the SAS.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch commands. The
commands have to be checked for the possible modes (Local, Emergency
& Remote.). Local operation mode at the relay display can be selected by
selector button on the relay display. Every switching devices has to be
operated (open and close) in the local mode. Remote mode at SAS at the
relay display can be selected by selector button on the relay display. Every
switching devices has to be operated (open and close) in the remote mode.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
DESCRIPTION
The proper LED indication has to be checked.
The interlocking logic for local and remote operation can be either checked
from locally from relay display or remotely from SAS. These conditions
have to be checked according to the approved base design document.
Eventually the system contains an interlocking override function which has
to be checked by the certain instance (e.g. Mimic, UBC or SAS.)
Checking of close blocking by lock out relay.
Checking of synchrocheck function.
Check of measurement.
Check of automatic voltage regulator.
Check of alarm panel.
REMARKS
Remark:
Substation automation procedures must be submitted from suppliers at least 6 months
before starting commissioning for study by SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.4
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
b.
Electrical tests
ITEM
A
1.
2.
B
1.
2.
C
1.
2.
D
1.
2.
3.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
General checks
General Function Tests
Relay & Control Panel Function Tests
As per 5.1
As per 5.3
TCSP105R01/TMA
According
to
approved schematic
drawing
and
protection
requirement
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.4.2
ITEM
1.
General Visual Inspection
b.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Function Tests
As per 5.1
Check the operation of Fans automatic, manual, local and remote
2.
positions.
Verify trip commands for transformer mechanical protection relays
3.
(Buchholz relay, Over Temperature protection, etc)
Check the supply changeover for fan motor circuit during:
4.
AC MCB trip
Main source failure (under-voltage condition)
Ensure that spare CT cores for bushing CT's and NER CT are wired to
5.
the GT-MK panel and shorted and earthed using proper short/isolate
facility
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.5
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection.
5.5.2
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Function Tests
As per 5.1 , 5.2
Ensure that all standard electrical tests of PT that feeds AVR by voltage
2.
signal are done.
Ensure that all standard electrical tests of CT that feeds AVR by voltage
3.
signal are done (if CT applicable).
Ensure that the phase sequence of voltage which starts from PT
4.
secondary to AVR is correct.
Ensure that the phase sequence of current which starts from CT
5.
secondary to AVR is correct (if CT applicable).
Check that the Remote Tap Position Indicator matches the indication on
6.
the Local Tap Position Indicator and the indication sent to SCADA
Check local operation interlocking for Raise & Lower commands
7.
depending on Local / Remote and Auto / Manual Selector switches.
Check remote operation interlocking for Raise & Lower commands
8.
depending on Local / Remote and Auto / Manual Selector switches.
Check that Raise & Lower commands to the tap changer are blocked
during tap changer operation for manual commands and that AVC delay
9.
time setting is greater than tap changer step time.
10.
Check panel indication for tap change in progress
Ensure that all OLTC alarms are wired to the AVC panel and
11.
incorporated in the alarm scheme (to SCADA) (OLTC AC / DC fail, tap
changer out of step, OLTC Buchholz, etc...)
12.
If applicable, check remote operation of transformer fans.
13.
Check the operation of load shedding (if applicable) from SCADA.
Check SCADA control and back indication of Auto/Manual voltage
14.
control scheme.
15.
Check master / follower scheme if applicable.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.6
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
5.6.2
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 5.1 , 5.2
1.
General Function Tests
2.
Check the trip matrix of the frequency relay for each stage.
Check the trip matrix of the under-voltage relay for each stage (if
3.
applicable)
4.
Check the Voltage Change over Scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.7
ITEM
1
General Visual Inspection
5.7.2
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 5.1 , 5.2
1.
General Function Tests
Verify the CT switching scheme and proper zone selection if hardwired.
For digital protection schemes, verify the relays internal bus-bar replica
2.
and zone selection is correct including bus merge / load transfer
conditions.
Check Bus-bar trip logic / conditions from the relay up to the circuit
3.
breakers
4.
Test In / Out operation for each check zone & discrimination zone
Test trip logic for each zone out:
Discrimination zone out = 1 out of 1 tripping based on check zone
operation.
5.
Check zone out = 1 out of 1 tripping based on discrimination zone
operation.
Both CZ and DZ out = no tripping for that bus zone.
CBF supply and supply supervision if supplied through the Bus-bar
6.
panels.
7.
Check CBF relay tripping through bus-bar panel bus replica scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.8
Visual Inspection
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection.
5.8.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
Description
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
Remarks
As per 5.1 , 5.2
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.9
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1. General Visual Inspection.
As per 4.1
Check current transformer circuits and voltage transformer circuit are
2.
connected to the ACCS correctly as per approved drawing.
5.9.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Function Tests
As per 5.1 , 5.2
Check all related CT's, VT's, circuit breakers, auxiliary relays, protection
2.
relays and metering devises were tested.
Check that rating of the PLC of ACCS agrees with the Auxiliary Supply
3.
to which it is connected.
Manufacturer should be submitted ACCS configuration to SEC and
4.
approved.
Check PLC applied configuration according to approved configuration,
5.
schematic drawing and operation requirement.
Check the Schematic diagram for ACCS Schemes according to single
6.
line diagram and protection requirement.
Ensure that all ACCS setting can be changed from HMI of ACCS and
7.
the setting saved without changed if DC supply is switched off.
8.
Perform PLC self-test procedure and external communications checks.
Ensure that the ACCS mimic diagram for panel and HMI are matching
9.
with actual switch gear panels and single line diagram of approved
drawings.
Check all PLC binary inputs and PLC outputs, INDICATION LEDs,
alarm indication messages on HMI, event & fault recorder and
10.
Annunciation. All checking should be according to schematic drawing to
check breakers status, several conditions and expected actions.
11. Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Verify For ACCS Secondary injection measurements by Injected
Voltage and current and ensure that the error percentage between HMI
12.
reading and injected value for Voltage and reactive power and power
factor with in the acceptable limit.
Automatic switching ON and OFF of the capacitor banks shall be based
13. on 1- Reactive Power measurement 2- Voltage measurement on
respective busses 3- Power Factor
The testing should be done sequentially using the proceeding tables with
all the preliminary settings. Using a 3 phase injectors for voltage, current
14.
and power factor for each transformer, each case and mode of operation
should be simulated and verified according to the setting.
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
15. Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be Simulated
in each cases above at ON position and OFF position and TEST position.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
16.
17.
18.
19.
DESCRIPTION
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be Simulated
in each cases above at LOCAL position and SCADA position.
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be Simulated
in each cases above at AUTO position and MANUAL position.
Ensure that all interlock circuit and elapse times for capacitor are worked
properly as per approved drawing and ACCS configuration and settings.
Checking of the ACCS SCHEME:
Check status of all related circuit breakers, devises, equipments and
protective relays for each simulation case.
Check LEDs, display messages and alarm annunciations for each
simulation case.
Simulate operation cases according to test format and record results.
Ensure that all interlock circuit for capacitor is worked properly as per
approved drawing and ACCS configuration.
Measure all time settings in PLC configuration for all above cases.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.10
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
General Visual Inspection.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 5.1 , 5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.11
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Perform Tripping of Power Transformer Controlling Breakers through test
contact of Buchholz Relay, OLTC Protective relay, Oil & Winding
temperature protection.
2.
Perform Tripping of Power Transformer Controlling Breakers through
each Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts through secondary
injection on the protection relays above the final setting.
3.
Perform Tripping of Shunt reactor Controlling Breakers through test
contact of Buchholz Relay, OLTC Protective. relay, Oil & Winding
temperature protection.
4.
Perform Tripping of Shunt reactor Controlling Breakers through each
Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts.
5.
Perform Tripping of Capacitor Bank Controlling Breakers through each
Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts.
6.
Perform Tripping & Inter-Tripping of Controlling breakers of
Feeders/Transmission lines through each protection installed by closing
tripping contact through secondary injection on the protection relays
above the final setting.
7.
Perform Tripping of Controlling Breakers of Bus Bar Schemes through
Bus Bar Differential Protection by closing tripping contact of the relay
through secondary injection on the protection relays.
8.
Perform Tripping & Inter Tripping for Breaker Failures schemes through
secondary injection on the CBF relay with simulated initiation from the
source contact on every protection relay.
9.
Perform Tripping of Bus Coupler/Sectionalizer by closing trip contacts of
the relays installed through secondary injection on the protection relays.
10.
Ensure that every protection operated (during secondary injection trip test)
initiates CBF scheme and check indication & alarms.
11.
Ensure that every protection trips through its desired trip circuit
independently by disabling the other trip circuit before secondary
injection.
Ensure that every protection operated (during secondary injection trip test)
initiates FR and check FR massage.
For OHL /UGC protection ensure that every protection operated (during
secondary injection trip test) initiates inter trip sending relay and check
indication & alarms.
For OHL protections ensure that fast trip protection start A/R and delayed
trip blocked A/R and check indication & alarms.
Ensure that both trip circuits are normalized at the end of the trip test.
12.
13.
14.
15.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.12
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. CAUTION: remove all VT's terminals from VT terminal block in VT's
boxes and separate all VT's terminals from VT loops. Assure that all
VT's impossible to be fed back from secondary sides.
2. Check that all voltage transformers were tested.
3. Check that VT loop test were done.
4. Check VT data and voltage rating, and check MCB's rating.
5.
a. Check VT's disconnectors opening alarms and their closing condition
in CB closing circuit.
b. Check that positions of MCB's which exactly supply the
synchronizing scheme are included in CB's closing
circuits.(according to scheme)
c. Check the line voltage loop by applying voltage from VT secondary
terminal block of all bays one by one according to schematic
drawing.
d. Measure voltage for all points in the loop. Check the switching
points of any switch included in the loop at the close and open
position. Check any relay contact included in the loop at the close
and open status. Measure line voltage and bus voltage at
synchronizing relays and read measurement values on relays displays
and assure that there is line voltage only. Measure line and bus
voltages at the synchronizing meters in synchronizing panels and
assure that there is line voltage only.
e. Check that the only selected feeder for check its synchronization
feeds line voltage to synchronizing meters panel.
6. Check the voltage supervision of synchronizing loop by removing
voltage from all points one by one and check flag, indication, alarm, else.
7.
a. Check VT's disconnectors opening alarms and their closing
condition in CB closing circuit.
b. Check that positions of MCB's which exactly supply the
synchronizing scheme are included in CB's closing
circuits.(according to scheme)
c. Check the bus voltage loop by applying voltage from VT secondary
terminal block of all buses one by one according to schematic
drawing. The status of bus coupler and bus section must be
considered and synchronizing condition dependent on their positions
must be studded and checked well.
d. Measure voltage for all points in the loop. Check the switching
points of any switch included in the loop at the close and open
position. Check any relay contact included in the loop at the close
and open status. Measure line voltage and bus voltage at
synchronizing relays and read measurement values on relays
displays and assure that there is bus voltage only. Measure line and
bus voltages at the synchronizing meters in synchronizing panels
and assure that there is bus voltage only.
e. Check that only one voltage feeding synchronizing loop if the two
bus disconnectors connected to tow bus bars ( load transfer)
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
8. Check the voltage supervision of synchronizing loop by removing
voltage from all points one by one and check flag, indication, alarm, else.
9. Check the dead line dead bus condition for all bays. Try to close CB's of
all bays in all possible conditions (test and service positions) from local
and ECC.
10. Check the live bus dead line condition for all bays Try to close CB's of
all bays in all possible conditions (test and service positions) from local
and ECC.
11. Check the live line dead bus condition for all bays. Try to close CB's of
all bays in all possible conditions (test and service positions) from local
and ECC.
12. Check the live line live bus condition or all bays. Try to close CB's of all
bays in all possible conditions (test and service positions) from local and
ECC.
13. Check the synchronizing condition for automatic recloser scheme if
applicable.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.13
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
For sensitivity test, reverse the CT polarity and check stabilizing
current Is and differential current Id values in digital relays. Check the
proper bus bar zone which shall be operated.
Repeat the previous steps with another bus bar disconnector is closed
for reference and test feeders
Repeat the previous steps with load transfer and keeping the two bus bar
disconnectors are closed as a preference condition and check which BB
zone shall operate.
Repeat the above steps for all phases.
Normalize all CT circuits after the completion of the sensitivity test.
REMARKS
Repeat the test for all feeders (holding one feeder as a reference for each
test)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.14
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection.
As per 4.1
The CT loop test, CT primary Injection & Single earthing point checked
2.
activities should be completed before start the stuck breaker stability &
sensitivity test.
Verify that CT ratios for all CTs used in the current summation scheme
3.
are matching for proper operation of the relay.
Or as required
4.
Check for proper shorting facility after the summation point of all CTs
by
specification
Check that the acceptance test and final setting for this relay have
already been completed with satisfactory results. Check that all CT's
5.
were tested.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee point
6.
nearly.
Check the time grading of operation between the feeder O/C+E/F relays,
7.
the stuck breaker protection, and the transformer incomer LV O/C +E/F
relays.
8.
Verify proper application of single earthing point in relay panel
5.14.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
General Function Tests.
As per 5.1
Caution: Check that any high impedance protection (ex. Transformer
REF protection) is shorted before primary injection on their CT Cores.
Caution: Any CT cores not related to stuck breaker protection should be
shorted for safety.
All associated circuit breakers should be closed in service position.
You may have to test each protection element (O/C or E/F)
independently depending on the setup of primary injection.
Stability through simulation of external fault:
Starting with a small primary current (5%of rated current).
Inject primary current on the Bus-bar through a path energizing two of
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
the CTs used in the stuck breaker scheme and simulating an external
fault.
Verify with a clamp ammeter or a phase angle meter that the CT
secondary currents are correct depending on CT ratio.
Verify with a clamp ammeter that the summation current of both CT
secondary circuits is 0mA.
Verify the reading on the relay for 0A primary current.
Increase the current injection gradually until you exceed the setting of
the relay, the relay should not operate and the current summation
readings shall remain 0mA.
Repeat the stability test for other phases
Using once of the CTs used in the previous test as a reference, repeat the
stability test for other CTs by changing the path of primary injection to
energize those CTs and taking the stability measurements to verify the
CT polarity, secondary ratio and secondary wiring is correct.
Sensitivity test through simulation of internal fault:
Choosing one CT as a reference (incomer or bus-section), reverse the
polarity of the other CT (bus-section or incomer respectively), using
external jumpers of suitable current rating and the isolating facility of the
short-isolate terminal block for that CT.
Starting with a small primary current < 50A.
Inject primary current on the Bus-bar through a path energizing two of
the CTs used in the stuck breaker scheme and simulating an external
fault.
Verify with a clamp ammeter or a phase angle meter that the CT
secondary currents are correct depending on CT ratio.
Verify with a clamp ammeter that the summation current of both CT
secondary circuits is double the secondary current of each individual CT
and that the summation is correct.
Verify the reading on the relay for 100A primary current (or double the
injected primary current).
Increase the current injection gradually until you exceed 50% of the
setting of the relay, summation readings shall increase gradually until the
relay picks up.
Once the relay picks up, stop increasing the primary injection and record
the exact pickup current of the relay in primary and secondary currents.
After the preset time delay the relay should operate.
Ensure the operation of all trip / lockout relays.
Ensure the tripping of all associated circuit breakers.
Ensure the proper initiation of panel indication or alarms as per the
scheme.
Repeat the sensitivity test for other phases
Using once of the CTs used in the previous test as a reference, repeat the
sensitivity test for other CTs by changing the path of primary injection
to energize those CTs and taking the stability measurements to verify
the CT polarity, secondary ratio and secondary wiring is correct.
Normalize all CT circuits after the completion of the sensitivity test.
Make sure that any protection elements that were disabled during the test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
have been brought back into service (Earth fault).
REMARKS
10.
11.
GT2
mA
Incomer B
51/ 51N
86SB
SEC A/B
SEC B/C
Feeder
TCSP105R01/TMA
PRIMARY
INJECTION
DEVICE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.15
ITEM
1.
General Visual Inspection
5.15.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical Checks
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
CT loop and primary injection tests should be completed for High
voltage and Low voltage sides.
Make sure there is no more than one earthing point on the CT at the As
per
the
secondary circuit for HV side and LV sides.
approved logic
diagram.
The final settings must be applied and tested before the stability test.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee point
nearly for high voltage side and low
voltage sides for high
impedance protection.
Caution: Check that any high impedance protection (ex. Transformer
REF protection) is shorted before primary injection on their CT
Cores.
Caution: Any CT cores not related to the transformer protection
should be shorted for safety.
Check that Transformer is short-circuited at the LV side after the See illustration
transformer LV Side CT for differential protection.
below
Isolate the Differential Protection Trip Links
Before the test & switch on the 3 phase power supply:
Check the balance and phase sequence of the three phases power
supply at the HV side of the transformer.
Switch on the power supply and check phase sequence and voltage
values.
Measure primary current of transformer HV &LV sides and compare
with the expected calculated values. The phase angle between primary
and secondary current for each phase depending on the transformer
vector group.
Stability:
Measure (Primary current secondary current phase angles) for
HV and low LV side. Read the differential operating and restrain
Currents, the differential should be 0A
Sensitivity:
Reverse the polarity of CT for any side (HV or LV), by reversing that
CT secondary wire.
Measure and read primary, secondary,
differential operating and restrain currents and phase angles.
If the differential current is high enough, check the relay indication
for pickup and trip.
Normalize the reversed CT and repeat the test for other phases.
Normalize the trip isolation links.
Normalize the shorted CT cores.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.16
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Check the correct terminal connections.
Make sure there is no more than one earthing point on the CT at the
2.
secondary circuit for HV side and LV sides.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee point
3.
nearly.
IMPORTANT: Remove the neutral earthing resistor (NER) bypassing
4.
it to increase the current to facilitate measuring.
Holding the neutral CT4 as a reference:
Apply single phase voltage on each phase (Red, Yellow, and Blue)
individually.
Stability:
5.
Measure secondary current and its angle for the phase CT and
neutral CT and check the values to decide the stability.
Check the differential current and verify that it is zero.
Measure the voltage across REF terminals and it is must be
approximately 0 V.
If the relay operates wrongly in the previous case, ensure that there is
6.
no saturation in any of the CT's or any wrong circuit connection, or
different CT ratios.
Sensitivity:
Caution: REF is a high impedance protection and should be tested
as a trip/no trip test with short durations of power supply switching
ON to protect the relay from burning.
Isolate the trip link for REF protection.
Cross the wiring for the phase CT (holding the neutral CT
connection as a reference)
7.
Measure secondary current and its angle for the phase CT and
neutral CT
Check the differential current and verify that it is the summation of
the two secondary currents.
Check the REF terminal voltage with a voltmeter.
If the measured voltage is greater than the final setting, normalize
the trip link and observe the breaker tripping.
8.
Repeat the test for the other phases (Yellow, Blue)
9.
Normalize the CT connections.
10.
Normalize trip isolation links
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.17
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Distance Protection
DESCRIPTION
The following activities should be completed before start the end to end
test
a. Secondary injection for main relays (Distance, Directional Earth
Fault, and Over-Current).
b. Final Settings Applied for the main relays.
c. Function Tests for Relay and Control Panels (for proper command
and indications).
d. Function Tests in GIS (for proper operation of the breaker)
e. Fault & Event Recorders commissioned and properly interfaced.
f. Proper Operation of Bus-bar Protection and Circuit Breaker Fail
schemes
g. Communication system tests.
Simulate all the commands (trip, block, communication failure, auto recloseetc) that will be sent to the remote end from the output contacts of
your protection and control relays as per the scheme provided:
Check functions and alarms of each communication channels individually
by simulation these functions alarms in communication panel and check
functions and alarms in remote end communication panel
Check segregation between functions and alarms and channels. The
communication channels with smallest prolonging time value are used for
distance communication scheme and another for inter-tripping send and
receive.
POTT ( permissive over reach transfer trip)
a. Simulate z1 fault and measure time of Z1 trip output contact and
check output of carrier send signal is obtained and check indication
and alarm output contact.
b. Check the other zones operate without carrier send signal.
c. Simulate carrier receive and check that the relay trip only during z1
with its time and check tripping during extended zone with extended
zone time plus receiving communication time.
d. Check if extended zone fault without CR, trip with Z2 time and CS
to the remote end.
e. Check if all zones except extended zone the relay tripping results
without release from the opposite line end (carrier receive), allowing
the protection to function with the usual grading characteristic
independent of signal transmission.
f. Check that the POTT is for forward direction only.
g. Check all indications and alarm output contacts.
h. Check communication fail condition according to the relay logic
scheme tripping with basic scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
This is
accomplished
by secondary
injection on
your Distance
relay.
If it is applied
in the final
setting
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
PUTT ( permissive under reach transfer trip)
a. Simulate Z1 fault and measure time of Z1 trip output contact and
check output of carrier send signal CS is obtained and check
indication and alarm output contacts.
b. Check that only Z1 transmit CS and the other zones and extension
zone operate without carrier send signal.
c. Check if extended zone fault with CR , trip with extended zone
time plus receiving communication time and without
Blocking scheme
a. Check if the forward zones fault without blocking signal receives
from remote end, aided trip with aided trip time and no CS to remote
end.
b. Check if the forward zones fault with blocking signal receives from
remote end, trip with zones delay time according to final setting and
no CS to remote end.
c. Check if the reverse zone fault, trip with reverse zone time and CS
to remote end.
d. Check if communication channels fail the relay operates with basic
scheme.
Week in feed function
a. echo only
i. Check if C.B off & carrier receive the Echo signal send
immediately.
ii. Check if C.B. on & carrier receive the Echo signal send after
time delay (according to setting).
b. echo and trip
i. Check if C.B off & carrier receive the Echo signal send
immediately without local trip.
ii. Check if C.B. on & carrier receive local trip and Echo signal
send after time delay (according to setting).
If we have two parallel lines, so we have two Telec. Devices ( 4 channel
for each device )
We can say : Device one D1 , Device two D2
For testing the CBF : D1 and D2 are Healthy
Step-1: CBF For Line-1 operates and send two command in the same time
( DTT-1 through D1 ; ch-2 & DTT-2 through D2 ; ch-2 ) ( CB
Trip )
Step-2: CBF For Line-2 operates and send two command in the same time
( DTT-1 through D2 ; ch-3 & DTT-2 through D1 ; ch-3 ) ( CB
Trip )
Step-3: CBF For Line-1 operates and send only one command DTT-1 or
DTT-2 ( No Trip )
Step-4: CBF For Line-2 operates and send only one command DTT-1 or
DTT-2 ( No Trip )
For testing the CBF : one device is Healthy and the other is Faulty
Step-5: CBF For Line-1 operates and send ( DTT-1 through D1 ; ch-4 &
D2 is failed ) ( Trip )
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
If it is applied
in the final
setting
If it is applied
in the final
setting
If it is applied
in the final
setting
If it is applied
in the final
setting
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Step-6: CBF For Line-1 operates and send ( D1 is failed & DTT-2
through D2 ; ch-4 ) ( Trip )
Step-7: CBF For Line-2 operates and send ( DTT-1 through D2 ; ch-4 &
D1 is failed ) ( Trip )
Step-8: CBF For Line-2 operates and send ( D2 is failed & DTT-2
through D1 ; ch-4 ) ( Trip )
For each of the previous conditions, check Auto-recloser Initiation:a. Check auto-recloser initiation from fast tripping relay by simulation
of instantaneous protections.
b. Check auto-recloser initiation from intertrip receive relay and Check
in remote end fast instantaneous protections operate which send that
intertrip signal.
9.
c. Check auto-recloser blocking initiation from delay or backup
protection tripping relay by simulation of delay or backup
Protection.
d. Check auto-recloser blocking initiation from intertrip receive relay
and check in remote end delay or back up protection operate which
send that intertrip signal.
For each of the previous conditions, check that Carrier Send and Received
events are recorded at the Fault or Event recorder for signals initiated
10.
from the remote end.
Remarks
Depending on
the approved
scheme if
applicable.
Depending on
the approved
scheme if
applicable.
1.
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
Following activity should be completed before start the end to end test
a. Secondary injection for main relays (Distance, Directional Earth
Fault, and Over-Current).
b. Final Settings Applied for the main relays.
c. Function Tests for Relay and Control Panels (for proper command
and indications).
d. Function Tests in GIS (for proper operation of the breaker)
e. Fault & Event Recorders commissioned and properly interfaced.
f. Proper Operation of Bus-bar Protection and Circuit Breaker Fail
schemes
g. Communication equipment and communication channel is
commissioned and in service.
Simulate all the commands (trip, block, communication failure, auto recloseetc) that will be sent to the remote end from the output contacts of
your protection and control relays as per the scheme provided:
Check functions and alarms of each communication channels
individually by simulation these functions alarms in communication
panel and check functions and alarms in remote end communication
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
4.
DESCRIPTION
panel.
Check segregation between functions and alarms and channels.
The communication channels with smallest prolonging time value are
used for directional earth fault communication scheme and another for
inter-tripping send and receive.
BLOCKING SCHEME:
Directional blocking scheme
REMARKS
If it is
provided in
approved
schematic
drawings,
protection
requirement
and according
to
specification. ,
and if it is
applied in
final setting...
a. Forward Fault:
i. Simulate a forward fault and check there is no initiation of CS
to remote end and no CR received. (Be sure the communication
channels are healthy).
ii. Check tripping instantaneously at setting value.(aided trip)
iii. Check inter-trip send and receive and which tripping relay
initiate send relay.
iv. Repeat the previous steps from remote end Check that Trip
Signal should appear. Measure the operating time, use Trip
signal from the configured binary output to stop the timer,
compare the measured time with the set value of Coordination
time in the two ends.
b. Reverse Fault:
i. Simulate a reverse fault and check there is a CS in local end and
CR in the remote end.
ii. Check there is no tripping in the remote end relay.
iii. Check the tripping occurred at reverse delay setting time at local
end.
iv. Starting again and simulate a forward fault in the remote end,
(and reverse in the local end). Check the CS in the local end and
CR in the remote end and no tripping appear in the relay of the
remote end.
5.
Repeat the previous steps from remote end Check that Trip Signal should
not appear.
PERMISSIVE SCHEME:
Directional comparison scheme
a. Check that the communication channels are healthy
b. Forward Fault:
On the remote end, simulate a forward fault and check that the
carrier send (on the remote end) is generated correctly and verify
that the carrier is received locally.
This CR will simulate a trip permission Signal reception (Permissive
Signal).
Simultaneously Simulate an earth Fault in line direction,
Check that Trip Signal should appear after set coordination time
delay. Use the Trip Signal from the configured binary output to stop
the
TCSP105R01/TMA
If it is
provided in
approved
schematic
drawings,
protection
requirement
and according
to
specification,
and if it is
applied in
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
timer, compare the measured time with the set value of Coordination
time.
c. Reverse Fault:
On the remote end, simulate a reverse fault and check that NO carrier
is sent and that no carrier is received locally.
Simulate an earth Fault in line direction and wait longer than the set
value of Coordination time(Tcoord),
Check that No Trip Signal should appear.
Check that assigned binary output Contact for carrier Send (CS)
should operate.
WEAK INFEED FUNCTION.
a. Echo only.
Open the local Circuit Breaker and simulate a forward fault at the
remote and check that a CR (Permissive Signal) is received correctly.
Check locally that the DEFR sends (or Echo) a permissive Signal and
that it is received correctly at the remote end.
b. Echo and trip.
Close Local Circuit Breaker and simulate a forward fault at the remote
end. Verify that a CR is received locally (Permissive Signal), and
apply residual voltage (DEF with Residual voltage level) with little or
no current.
Check that the relay will carry out a Weak in-feed trip and Send a
Permissive Signal. (CS) to the remote end and allowing it to carry out
a Carrier aided trip also.
Check in the fault recorder level of fault voltage, fault current, relay starts,
relay trips indication and time.
Repeat all the previous tests at the remote end.
Simulate a communication failure condition and check the operation of the
relays on the basic scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
final setting.
If it is
provided in
approved
schematic
drawings,
protection
requirement
and according
to
specification,
and if it is
applied in
final setting.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.18
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that Pilot wire cores are matched between local station and remote
station by colors, Continuity, Loop resistance and Insulation resistance.
Adjust the pilot stabilizing resistors and final setting based on the actual
measured pilot loop resistance.
Check pilot supervision indications properly if fail or not, it must be correct
(pilot open and pilot cross will give pilot open indication in supervision).
Check pilot DC current is within the manufacturer recommended
supervision current limits.
(If you found current equal zero that means there is crossing in pilot wire).
Check supervision voltage send and receive for both substation
Using the pilot isolation terminal blocks, simulate pilot failure conditions:
Open circuit, short circuit, cross wired and make sure that the supervision
alarms are generated correctly.
Inject current on the over-current starter element or simulate an over-current
condition by energizing the start input of the line differential relay.
Check the operating current (pilot relay current and main pilot current) in
local and remote substations by current Injection for pilot relay.
Check the relays output voltage for the injected current.
Increase the injected current until the remote breaker trips (While recording
the sent and received pilot voltage).
Check inter-trip scheme by Closing local CB then send inter-trip, remote
CB will trip. During this, measure send voltage in local substation and
measure receive voltage in remote substation and repeat for remote
substation.
Check operating time (loop time).
5.18.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that fiber optics pairs are matched between local station and remote
station and that the Optical Line System has been commissioned and is in
service.
Check fiber optics supervision indications for communication if fail or not, it
must be correct.
Make sure that the current readings are matching locally and remotely.
Increase the current injection and check the operation and tripping of the
relay in local and remote substations. ( for all phases)
Check alarms "inter-trip send and receive faulty"
Check supervision voltage send and receive for both substations.
Check inter-trip scheme by Closing local CB then send inter-trip, remote CB
will trip. During this, measure send voltage in local substation and measure
receive voltage in remote substation and repeat for remote substation.
Check operating time (loop time).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.19
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done
Check the wirings of the SCADA Command from RTU.
Check the ferrule of Cables.
Initiate the Commands from the Control Centre and check the operation
at equipments one by one.
Confirm that the command from the control center and operation of the
equipment same.
Take the print of commands & events for record and match.
Make sure that all conditions are tested with positive and negative test
conditions.
Example of negative test:
Selector switch is in local & a close command is received from Electrical
control center does NOT close the circuit breaker.
5.19.2
TEM
1.
2.
3.
Commands Tests
5.
DESCRIPTION
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done
Check the wirings of the SCADA Back Indications from RTU.
Check the ferrules.
Initiate the Commands from the Control Centre and check the back
indication at RTU and Control Centre.
Confirm that the command and Back Indication of the equipment same.
6.
4.
5.19.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done.
Check the wirings of the SCADA Alarm from RTU.
Check the ferrules.
Initiate the Alarms from the equipments and check the Alarms at RTU
and Control Centre.
Confirm that the Alarms initiated and at the RTU and Control Centre are
same.
Check the alarm label and group alarm label received at the control
center are matching the approved point list.
Make sure that the alarm types are correct (trip / non-trip or urgent / nonurgent).
Make sure that alarm system failure alarm is received at the control
center.
Take the print from S.O.E. & at RTU and Control Centre and match.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.20
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DESCRIPTION
Study the schematic diagrams for metering and transducers generating
signals for the SCADA.
Supply the currents and voltages to the transducers by the secondary
injections and take the readings from the Remote Terminal Unit of
SCADA.
Compare the inputs and the readings at Remote Control Unit.
Check the readings of voltages up to two digits, currents up to three
digits and frequency up to one digit after decimal point.
Check the sums, maximum, minimum, averages values etc. at Remote
Terminal Unit of SCADA.
Inject current at the transducer inputs and make sure that the current
readings are being received correctly at the control center.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.21
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
DESCRIPTION
ALL current circuits of all bays and equipments must be reviewed and
checked. All current circuits and terminal blocks screws must be good
tightened. The (short and isolate single earth point CT ratio) must be
according to schematic drawing.
All test formats must be checked and signed by contractor and sec
engineers.
All activities must be done and no Class A snags are remaining.
Final trip test activity test format must be checked.
All (closing, tripping, alarm, voltage, SCADA, communication, etc.)
circuits terminal blocks screws must be good tightened.
All VT circuits MCB's closed, fuses in place. All voltage circuits in SS
must be reviewed and terminal blocks screws must be good tightened.
All supplies to protection, control, switchgear, etc., are normal.
No abnormal relay targets, alarms, SCADA SOE indications.
All relays have approved settings applied and have been fully tested and
are in service.
All alarm relay settings are finalized and the relays are locked.
Relays that have a backup battery for memory storage have their
batteries installed and the temporary battery covers removed.
All relays Time and Date settings are correct and reviewed.
REMARKS
All snags must be classified and revised. All class A snags must be
cleared.
All switchgear and other power equipments testing are completed.
All protection equipment is properly labeled.
All fire/smoke alarm systems are fully tested and in service.
All necessary fire fighting equipment is on site and accessible without
obstruction.
Confirm all men and tools are clear of equipment to be energized and
that all personnel are aware of the pending energization.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.22
ITEM
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
Phasing Checks
Before paralleling two sources, phasing shall be absolutely proven by
selectively energizing a common three phase VT set from the two
sources one at a time and checking the phasing (voltage and phase angle)
of the VT set to a reference potential whose source shall remain
unchanged for the duration of the test.
For example, if one new incoming line to an existing station is to be
energized, use the existing incoming line A phase to neutral potential as
a reference and measure and record the new line VT secondary three
phase voltage and phase angles when energized from the remote end
only. Then after opening the remote end of the new line, energize the
new line from the local station only and repeat the voltage and phase
angle measurements, the results of the two tests should be identical
(within a few degrees) if phasing is correct. Where possible, phasing
sticks can be used
In Service Checks
a. Immediately after energization, in-service/on-load checks should be
taken and recorded by measuring the magnitude and phase of all
voltage and current circuits to a common reference at all of the test
points available to prove VT and CT connection, ratio and polarity.
b. Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with CT/VT
measurements in the control circuits.
c. As soon as sufficient load is available, all directional and distance
type relays shall have their operating direction proven using in
service voltages and currents.
d. Directional earth fault relays shall be proven by selectively isolating
in service voltages and currents to provide a range of simulated fault
conditions. (remove one phase voltage to result summation of
another two phases and make short circuit for another two current
phases to obtain the third phase as a input current to the relay)
according to obtained values of voltage, current and angle the relay
action. Make reverse polarity and check the relay action.
e. For REF and bus differential relays, check to ensure minimal spill
currents in service. Test the differential circuit by shorting one
service current from the summation to force operation and prove the
summation circuit is not shorted.
f. For transformer differential circuits, check spill currents at
minimum, center and maximum transformer taps. Spill current at
minimum and maximum taps should be similar with near zero spill
current on the center tap position if the auxiliary CTs are selected to
the correct tap.
g. Check transformer AVR operation in independent and parallel
modes as applicable. Manually raise (lower) the transformer(s) two
taps and place them back in AUTO to observe the automatic return
to the correct voltage tap. Confirm operation from SCADA and in
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
all possible operating modes.
h. Functionally test the ABTS scheme by operating transformer
protection to trip the breakers and initiate the system.
i. Check in service reclosing for OHTL circuits by operating the
protection to initiate trip and reclose.
After two transformers have been successfully energized, perform a
back to back test to check differential protection measurements are ok.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.23
On Load tests
5.23.1 On Load tests for CT/VT Circuits & Transformer Inspection.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
Visually inspect CT compartments in the GIS, Switchgear, etc... and make
sure there is no abnormal sound.
Visually inspect the Power Transformer & Auxiliary Transformers and
make sure there is no abnormal sound.
Make your own measurements of the secondary current for all phases and in
neutral with Clamp meter in metering and protection cores, the values
should be in accordance with the ratios of the cores.
Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with CT
measurements in the control circuits.
For protection devices with built in metering functions check current,
voltage magnitudes, and phase angles, real and reactive power.
Check the direction of power, active component and reactive components
(power in line direction is positive) and check power factor
For VT Circuit check Secondary Voltage between phases and the neutral
with volt meter which should be in accordance to the VT ratio.
Check phase rotation with a phase rotation meter connected across the three
phases.
REMARKS
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that the new Feeder was energized without any load for one hour at
least before on load Test.
Ensure to decrease the tripping time of over current protection to less than
0.5 sec (if DMT O\C).
Ensure that the tripping of Line or Cable differential Relay is ISOLATED to
prevent false operation of relay.
For relays that rely on fiber communication to send inter-trip signals,
Isolate tripping facility on both sides of the line (local and remote end) to
prevent accidental disconnection of the power circuit.
If necessary, isolate any relay operated alarm contacts and any breaker
failure initiation contacts as per the scheme
Ensure that the Feeder is loaded by 25% at least from its rated current.
Read phases currents, they must be balanced and measure the differential
current must be close to zero in stable case.
Check the relay performance (Trip Action) at unstable condition by
reversing the current direction by one of the following methods :
Reverse the current direction from relay software.
Reverse two Current phases by reversing current wire (must prevent
opening of CT circuit by making short circuit for current pass).
By shorting one current phase with neutral to make current unbalance
If the differential current is lower than the relay setting, reduce the setting of
the relay to observe its operation.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
10.
Normalize the relay setting
Normalize the CT circuit (Shorted or cross wired) or the software internal
11.
current direction.
Reset the relay to make sure that any operated trip / alarm / CBF start
12.
contacts (latching or non-latching) have normalized
Normalize the isolated trip links and any isolated contacts (alarm, breaker
13.
fail etc)
Ensure that the tripping time of over current protection as final setting after
14.
finished the test (if DMT O/C).
REMARKS
11.
DESCRIPTION
Use test plug to isolate tripping circuit and take all precautions to prevent
any current circuit opening by using good type of jumper wires for shorting
CT plug current terminals.
For relays that rely on fiber communication to send inter-trip signals,
Isolate tripping facility on both sides of the line (local and remote end) to
prevent accidental disconnection of the power circuit.
Isolate any relay operated alarm contacts and any breaker failure initiation
contacts as per the scheme
Ensure that VT fail function of directional Relay is switched off to prevent
relay block.
Ensure that the Feeder is loaded by 25% rated current at least.
Ensure to decrease the tripping time of over current protection to less than
0.5 sec (if DMT O/C).
Measure the currents magnitude with phase angles and confirm that angle
measured is approximately same as on power meter of this circuit and
measurements with system control.
Compare the measured values of phase angles at local end with the ones
measured at remote end. Results at both ends should be approximately 180
degrees out of phase.
For numerical relays, direction can be verified from relay on load
measurements by relay as explained in respective relay manuals.
Check the Power direction by checking the current direction, if the feeder
export in this case the active power will be forward (+ve), and Vice versa
the power will be reverse (ve)
For export feeder :
(Active power is +ve, and reactive power is +ve for Lagging and ve for
Leading Power factor.)
a. Remove one red phase voltage, ensure that the distance protection will
pickup and trip for a forward fault (Z1, Z2 etc)
b. Ensure that the directional O/C protection picks up and trip for that
forward direction. Swap polarity of the phase current R and protection
will not operate.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
DESCRIPTION
c. If the distance protection picks up or trips for a reverse fault (Z3, Z4,
Z5, Zreverse) etc then the directionality is incorrect.
d. If the directional over current protection not operate check setting
values and decrease until operate or check directionality.
For import feeder:
(active power is ve, and reactive power is -ve) for Lagging and +ve
reactive power for Leading Power factor.)
e. Remove one phase red voltage, ensure that the distance protection will
pickup and trip for a reverse fault (Z3, Z4, Z5, Zreverse etc)
f. Ensure that the directional O/C protection will not operate for that
reverse direction. Swap the polarity of current phase R and ensure that
protection will operate at setting decreased to load current.
If the distance protection picks up or trips for a forward fault (Z1, Z2)
etc then the directionality is incorrect.
For directional earth fault:
(remove one phase voltage to result summation of another two phases
and make short circuit for another two current phases to obtain the third
phase as an input current to the relay) according to obtained values of
voltage, current and angle the relay action. Make reverse polarity and
check the relay action.
Repeat the previous procedure for Yellow and Blue voltage phases, and
check relay performance.
Reset the relay to make sure that any operated trip / alarm / CBF start
contacts (latching or non-latching) have normalized
Normalize the isolated trip links and any isolated contacts (alarm, breaker
fail etc)
Ensure that all hardware connections are normalized ok as per drawing and
tightness.
Ensure that the tripping of Directional relay is in services after finished the
test.
Ensure that the tripping time of over current protection as final setting after
finished the test (if DMT O/C).
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
This test should only be performed after the transformer has been
energized for at least 24 hours with no load, and all temperature readings
and indications are healthy.
To load a transformer, start with approximately 10% rated current. And
check operating current in differential relay, so the loading should be
gradually and checking operating and restraint currents of the relay.
Check the phase angle between primary and secondary current for each
phase depending on the transformer vector group.
Check the readings of Primary, Secondary and differential Currents (spill
currents between phases)
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
ITEM
5.
DESCRIPTION
If deviation in expected values of operating and restraint current for all
phases then isolate the differential relay tripping circuit and solve the
problem in current circuit or in relay setting.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
This test should only be performed after the transformer has been
energized for at least 24 hours with no load, and all temperature readings
and indications are healthy.
Ensure that the transformer is loaded by 25% at least from its rated current.
By mean of clamp meter, check the current balance of all phases or read
the current and angles of phases if the relay is digital.
For high impedance REF, by using mean of volt meter, ensure that the
voltage across relay coil terminal almost equal to zero which related to
differential current.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
With the bus-bar loaded with at least 25% of the rated current:
Measure the current and angle of all current circuits in all bays and in
BBP panels for discrimination and check zones. Check stable current Is
and differential current Id values in the discrimination zones and check
zone. Differential current Id should be zero
REMARKS
1.
DESCRIPTION
Stability on-load:
With at least 25% load on the circuit:
Verify with a clip on meter or a phase angle meter that the CT secondary
currents are correct depending on CT ratio for incomer and bus section
breaker CTs.
Verify with clip on meter that the summation current of both CT
secondary circuits is matching to the summation of load of the bus
section.
Verify the reading on the relay in secondary and primary current to equal
the summation of load for that bus section.
Repeat the stability readings for all phases (R, Y, and B).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
5.24
Type of Test
Recommended Equipment
Secondary Injection low GE Programma - Freja 300
burden
with 3 digit resolution
Omicron CMC series
Secondary Injection
high burden
Primary Injection
burden
Primary Injection
high burden
GE - Programma Oden A
Omicron CT Analyzer
Omicron CPC series
Insulation Resistance
Megger BM11D
Auxiliary relays
TCSP105R01/TMA
Description
Integrated relay test bench for
current, voltage and frequency tests
with built in binary inputs and
outputs and built in timer.
Integrated relay test bench for
current & voltage tests with built in
binary inputs and built in timer.
Primary injection tester capable of
injection up to 200A continuous
current and up to 300A for
15minutes.
Primary injection tester capable of
injection up to 1000A continuous
current.
Integrated CT tester: capable of
completing all CT tests within 3
minutes and features accurate
calculation of CT Error ratio by
applying varying burden during
testing.
Insulation resistance tester with up
to 5kV applied voltage and with a
built in timer
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
6.1
The contractor shall submit the test procedure for SAS equipments, devices and
relays 6 months prior to start pre-commissioning for approval. These tests shall
be based on IEC 61850 Substation Automation System (SAS).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105
Revision No. 01
PRE-COMMISSIONING TESTS/PROCEDURES
FOR SEC TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
INDEX
INTRODUCTION
1.0 CHECK LIST OF PROCEDURE FOR TESTING OF MAIN EQUIPMENT
1.1 Oil Filled Power Transformer
1.2 Shunt Reactors
1.3 Bushings Inspection and Testing
1.4 Surge Arrestors
1.5 Station Service Transformers (less than 2 MVA)
1.6 Neutral Earthing Resistors.
1.7 Current Transformers
1.8 Potential Transformers
1.9 Capacitive Voltage Transformers
1.10 Coupling Capacitor Voltage Transformer
1.11 HYBRID/GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR (GIS)
1.12 Metal Clad Switchgear
1.13 Metal Enclosed Bus Duct
1.14 Indoor and Outdoor Bus Structures
1.15 Indoor Circuit Breakers
1.16 Outdoor Circuit Breakers
1.17 Disconnect & Grounding Switches
1.18 Circuit Switchers
1.19 LV AC/DC LV AC/DC Board and Circuit Breakers (380/220/127V)
1.20 230kV and 380kV XLPE Cables
1.21 230 kV and 380kV LPOF Cables
1.22 110kV and 115kV and 132kV XLPE cables
1.23 110kV and 115kV and 132kV LPOF Cables
1.24 69 kV XLPE power Cables
1.25 13.8 kV and 33 kV XLPE Power Cables
1.26 LV Cables
1.27 Control Cable
1.28 Pilot Cables
1.29 Overhead Lines
1.30 Protection and Control Panels.
1.31 Station Batteries
1.32 Battery Charger
1.33 AC Distribution Panels
1.34 DC Distribution Panels
1.35 LV AC Auto-Transfer Schemes/Switches
1.36 GROUNDING SYSTEM
1.37 Switchgear Air Compressor Systems
1.38 HVAC Systems
1.39 Dry Type Transformer
1.40 Ring Main Unit (RMU)
1.41 CAPACITORS BANK TEST
1.42 CAPACITOR AND ASSOCIATED REACTOR (REACTOR TEST)
1.43 Static VAR Compensation System
2.0 CHECK LIST OF PROCEDURE FOR TESTING PROTECTION RELAYS
2.1 General Mechanical Checks & Visual Inspection
2.2 General Electrical Tests
TCSP105R01/TMA
5
5
7
11
14
15
16
18
19
21
23
24
25
29
32
33
34
37
40
42
43
44
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
57
59
62
73
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
84
85
86
87
88
97
98
99
PAGE NO. 2 OF 191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
2.3 Guidelines for Testing Digital& numerical Protection & control Relays and IEDs
2.4 Auxiliary Relays
2.5 Timers (62)
2.6 Over/Under-Voltage Supervision Relays (59/27)
2.7 Compensation Voltage Protection -59ND
2.8 Trip Circuit Supervision
2.9 Definite Time Over-Current & earth fault protection relay
2.10 Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) Over-Current & earth fault protection
relay
2.11 Circuit Breaker Fail (CBF) Protection (50/62)
2.12 Bus Bar Differential Protection RELAY (87B)
2.13 Metrosil and Non Linear Resistor
2.14 Synchronism Check (25)
2.15 Distance / Impedance Protection relay (21)
2.16 Directional Over-Current and Directional Earth Fault Protection relay (67/67N)
2.17 Directional Negative Phase Sequence over current- 67Q
2.18 Line & Cable Differential Protection (87L/87C)
2.19 Auto Re-closer function
2.20 Transformer Differential Protection relay (87T)
2.21 Restricted Earth Fault (REF) Transformer Protection (64NP / 64NS)
2.22 Over/Under-Frequency & Frequency Rate of Change Protection (81/81R)
2.23 Automatic Voltage Regulation & Control (90)
2.24 Disturbance & Fault Recorders (DFR)
2.25 Sequence of Events Recorder (SOE)
2.26 Annunciator (alarm module)
2.27 Transducers
2.28 ACSE / ABTS / TOP
2.29 ACCS Automatic Capacitor Control System
3.0 CHECK LIST OF PROCEDURE FOR SCHEME AND FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
3.1 General Panel Function Tests
3.2 Local Control Cubicle (LCC) Panel Function Test
3.3 Relay & Control Panel Function Test
3.4 Transformer Function Test
3.5 Automatic Voltage Control Panel Function Test
3.6 Load Shedding & Under Frequency Panel Function Test
3.7 Bus Bar Protection Panel Function Test
3.8 ACSE / ABTS / TOP Function Test
3.9 ACCS Automatic Capacitor Control System
3.10 Common Alarms Panel Function Test and Alarm Scheme Test
3.11 Final Trip Test
3.12 Synchronizing Relay
3.13 Bus Bar Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
3.14 Stuck Breaker Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
3.15 Transformer Differential Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
3.16 Restricted Earth Fault Protection Stability & Sensitivity Test
3.17 End To End Test for Over Head Line Feeders
3.18 End To End Test for Under Ground Cable Feeders
3.19 SCADA Point List checking
3.19.1 SCADA Commands Tests
TCSP105R01/TMA
100
103
105
106
107
108
111
112
113
114
118
119
120
122
123
124
126
127
128
129
130
131
133
134
135
137
139
141
142
144
146
151
153
154
155
156
157
159
160
161
163
165
168
170
171
176
178
178
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
TCSP105R01/TMA
178
178
179
180
181
183
183
183
184
186
186
186
187
188
189
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
CHECK LIST
INTRODUCTION
The check list is intended to provide information to commissioning engineers / Technicians
who are assigned to inspect the contractor work and witness and commissioning testing on
behalf of SEC to verify that the substation and transmission line equipments and system are
acceptable as per SEC Standard and specifications. The listing of commissioning checks and
tests are based on SEC Commissioning standards. (Attachment No. 15)
CHECK LIST OF PROCEDURE FOR TESTING OF MAIN EQUIPMENTS
1.0 CHECK LIST OF PROCEDURE FOR TESTING OF MAIN EQUIPMENT
1.1 Oil Filled Power Transformer
1.2 Shunt Reactors
1.3 Bushings Inspection and Testing
1.4 Surge Arrestors
1.5 Station Service Transformers (less than 2 MVA)
1.6 Neutral Earthing Resistors.
1.7 Current Transformers
1.8 Potential Transformers
1.9 Capacitive Voltage Transformers
1.10 Coupling Capacitor Voltage Transformer
1.11 HYBRID/GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR (GIS)
1.12 Metal Clad Switchgear
1.13 Metal Enclosed Bus Duct
1.14 Indoor and Outdoor Bus Structures
1.15 Indoor Circuit Breakers
1.16 Outdoor Circuit Breakers
1.17 Disconnect & Grounding Switches
1.18 Circuit Switchers
1.19 LV AC/DC LV AC/DC Board and Circuit Breakers (380/220/127V)
1.20 230kV and 380kV XLPE Cables
1.21 230 kV and 380kV LPOF Cables
1.22 110kV and 115kV and 132kV XLPE cables
1.23 110kV and 115kV and 132kV LPOF Cables
1.24 69 kV XLPE power Cables
1.25 13.8 kV and 33 kV XLPE Power Cables
1.26 LV Cables
1.27 Control Cable
1.28 Pilot Cables
1.29 Overhead Lines
1.30 Protection and Control Panels.
1.31 Station Batteries
1.32 Battery Charger
1.33 AC Distribution Panels
1.34 DC Distribution Panels
1.35 LV AC Auto-Transfer Schemes/Switches
1.36 GROUNDING SYSTEM
1.37 Switchgear Air Compressor Systems
TCSP105R01/TMA
5
7
11
14
15
16
18
19
21
23
24
25
29
32
33
34
37
40
42
43
44
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
57
59
62
73
75
76
77
78
79
80
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.38
1.39
1.40
1.41
1.42
1.43
TCSP105R01/TMA
HVAC Systems
Dry Type Transformer
Ring Main Unit (RMU)
CAPACITORS BANK TEST
CAPACITOR AND ASSOCIATED REACTOR (REACTOR TEST)
Static VAR Compensation System
81
84
85
86
87
88
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
DESCRIPTION
Check the impact Recorder for any abnormal impact during
Transportation.
Check all components are installed.
Check quality of paint, lifting lugs, quality of weld areas rust spots
and wheel stoppers.
Check nameplates information ( visible place )as per contract
specifications
Check tightness of all bolts (torque wrench method).
Check that all groundings are securely connected.
(at least two grounding points to main tank are available)
Check that the piping to Buchholz relay has proper slop.
Check that the tank pressure is positive.( if applicable )
Check the valves between the tank and radiator
(To be open).
Check the HV LV and Tertiary (if applicable) bushing for any
damage and completeness.
Check the color and quantity of silica gel in breather and oil pot
level.
Check phase marking in cable box and it should match with GIS
and cables.
Check all pipes hoses and fan protection (not rubber or plastic).
Check the vertical horizontal clearances of live parts to adjacent
grounded point to conform standard.
Check integrity of diaphragm / air bag in the conservator.
Perform all of the manufacturer specific checks.
Check labeling of all auxiliary devices as per approved drawing.
Check proper operation of all auxiliary devices as following:
a. Tap changer ( upper lower out of step and interlock)
b. Oil level gauges.
c. Oil temperature gauges.
d. Winding temperature gauge
e. OLTC Oil / Gas surge (pressure) relay.
f. Pressure relief device.
g. Push buttons and indicators.
h. Oil sampling port (main tank OLTC).
i. Upper and lower main tank valves.
j. Tap changer diverter switch compartment, oil filtering
pumps and filter in good condition (if available).
k. Buchholz relay.
l. Check on line insulating oil dissolved gas and moisture
monitoring system (if applicable )
Check Oil leakage by applying 0.35 bar (35kPa) over pressure for
24 hrs.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
DESCRIPTION
Check that the oil sampling devices are reachable from ground level
Check oil level in main tank, conservator, tap changer tank and
bushing etc.
Bleed trapped air at the bushing turrets and tank top.
Check flow of oil in flow meter in correct direction and proper rate
(if applicable)
Check all external wiring for correctness and tightness.
Check on line insulating oil dissolved gas and moisture monitoring
system (if installed )
Check that the temperature sensors oil well is two thirds filled with
oil.
33kV Load Break Switch Panel with HRC fuses for 33kV Station
Transformer
Neutral Grounding Transformer or Reactor
Check that the each optical feed through unit is properly connected
to the ports of Hot spot temperature measuring device
Internal inspection of the transformer before installation of the high
side bushing of new transformer in order to inspect the upper yoke
for any bents on the core and paint particles found.
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
11.
ITEM
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Check for current and voltage ratings of all motors for tap
changer, oil filtering unit and fans match to SEC standard supply.
DESCRIPTION
MCBs for protection are set at proper over load settings
Fan motors current (starting, running, one phase removal and
locked rotor) shall be measured and checked against rating .check
if wiring size suitable to carry the current.
Check fan running direction to get air flow towards radiator and
Phase sequence of supply voltage to fan motors circuits is correct.
MCBs in marshalling kiosk to be checked by current injection
each pole for alarm and trip.
On load Tap Changer checking
check current and voltage ratings of tap changer motor
a. Raise / Lower Control (Local Remote) and indication.
b. End of Tap Travel Control.
c. End of winding travel control (both ends).
d. Check that the windings are not open circuit during tap
changing.
e. Check OLTC manual operation by hand crank
f. Check insertion of hand crank automatically prevent electrical
motor drive operation.
g. Check OLTC tap position indicator& operation counter
h. OLTC motor load current to be measured for future reference
purposes
i. Check all transmitters
Bushing Current Transformer
a. Polarity test
b. Insulation Resistant test
c. Secondary Winding Resistant (All windings and all taps).
d. Current Ratio test
e. Magnetization Characteristics (Minimum 5 points below and 2
points above the knee point.
f. Verify secondary circuits, Terminals to Terminal.
g. Burden Test.
h. Demagnetize CT cores after all tests.
i. Ensure that No open circuit at Secondary side.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
17.
ITEM
18.
19.
20.
Functional Check of the following :a. Liquid Level indicator (alarm/ trip) as applicable.
b. Oil Temperature Device: Fans / pumps (stop, start alarm/ trip)
c. Winding Temperature Device (alarm/ trip).
d. Buchholz Relay (alarm/ trip).
e. Oil / Gas Surge (pressure) relay (alarm/ trip).
f. Pressure Relief Device (alarm/ trip).
g. Rapid Pressure (Rise) Relay as per manufacturer testing
procedure (if applicable).
h. On line insulating oil dissolved gas and moisture monitoring
system.
i. Humidity/thermo meters for the heater of local panel are
at correct settings
DESCRIPTION
Insulation Oil Test :per 54-TMSS-01
Prior to energization, contractor should submit test report
for insulation sample tested in an independent lab. For the
following: :
a. Dielectric strength
i) ASTM D877 ( 2.5mm Gap ) for unprocessed
oil and for OLTC oil
ii) ASTM D1816 ( 1 mm gap )for oil in main
tank
b. Neutralization Number ( ASTM D974 )
c. Interfacial Tension ( ASTM D971 )
d. Color ( ASTM D1500 )
e. Moisture Content (ASTM D1533 A)
f. Power Factor Test ( ASTM D 924 )
g. Dissolved Gas in Oil Analysis (ASTM D3612)
h. (Dielectric Dissipation Factor, Resistivity, Sediment
and / OR Perceptible Sludge).
i. For transformer with Cellulosic insulating material,
perform sulfuric contents detection test as per ASTM
D1275 method B.
Another oil sample shall be given to SEC transmission for their
own analysis and compression purpose
The oil sample should be taken by contractor using syringe
from the oil valve.
A main tank insulation oil sample for dissolved gas
analysis shall be taken immediately prior to first energizing
a power transformer and another sample three days after
continuous energization.
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
21.
22.
23.
24.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.2
Shunt Reactors
1.2.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Check the impact recorder for any abnormal impact during
transportation.
2.
Check all components are installed.
3.
Check for quality of paint, lifting lugs, quality of weld areas, rust
spots and wheel stoppers.
4.
Check nameplates information (visible location) as per contract
specifications.
5.
Check tightness of all bolts (torque wrench method).
6.
Check that all grounding is securely connected (two grounding
connections to main tank are required).
7.
Check that the piping to Buchholz relay has proper slope.
8.
Check that the tank pressure is positive, if applicable.
9.
Check that the valves between the main tank and radiators are open.
10. Check the bushings for any damage and completeness.
11. Check for correct color and quantity of desiccant (moisture absorbing
media) in breather. Check for correct breather oil level.
12. Check heaters and humidity meters in local panel are at correct
settings.
13. Check that phase marking in cable box matches with GIS and cables.
14. Check all pipes, hoses and fan protection (not rubber or plastic).
15. Check the vertical and horizontal clearances of live parts to adjacent
grounded points conform to standard.
16. Check integrity of diaphragm/air bag in the conservator.
17. Perform all of the manufacturers specific checks.
18. Check labeling of all auxiliary devices as per approved drawing.
19. Check proper operation of auxiliary devices as follows:
a. Cooling fans/pumps (for all settings).
b. Oil level gauges.
c. Top oil temperature gauges.
d. Buchholz relay by gas injection.
e. Winding temperature gauges.
f. Ensure correct operation of the Pressure Relief Device microswitch.
g. Push buttons and indicators.
h. Oil sampling port (main tank).
i. Upper and lower main tank valves.
20. Check Oil leakage by applying 0.35 bar (35kPa) over pressure for 24
hrs.
21. Check that the oil sampling valves for the main tank are accessible
from ground level.
22. Check oil level in main tank, conservator and bushings, etc. Test the
oil level gauges and their alarms.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
23.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
24. Check that the each optical feed through unit is properly connected to
the ports of Hot spot temperature measuring device
25. Check all external wiring for correctness and tightness.
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
11.
12.
13
14.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.3
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Cleaning the insulator surface.
2.
Check for tightness of all bolts for bushing flange and outer
terminal.
3.
Visually inspect for any damage or cracks.
4.
Check for leakage.
5.
Check and adjust of oil level. Note that adding insulating oil to a
bushing shall be done under vacuum.
6.
Measurement of capacitance and tan delta. The bushing shall be
tested in a vertical position and the lower portion set into an oil
reservoir.
7.
Check of through resistance.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.4
Surge Arrestors
1.4.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection:
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
3.
For multi-unit stacks, check that the physical arrangement of the units
are erected according to the manufacturers specifications.
4.
Check that all grounding cables are correctly and securely connected.
The Grounding Cable size should be checked.
5.
Check name plate information for correctness as per SEC
specifications.
6.
Check that impulse counter and leakage current meter glasses are not
broken or cracked.
DONE REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.5
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1.
Check the Impact recorder for any abnormal impacts during
transportation (if applicable).
2.
Check for LV Side Air Circuit Breaker before cable at transformer
side. If applicable.
3.
Check for Danger Plate Warning installation.
4.
Check earthing, color, painting, external damage, oil leakage, wheel
stopper, cable connection and bolt tightness, etc.
5.
Check nameplate data against contract specifications.
6.
Perform all special checks according to the manufacturers
instructions.
7.
Check oil level in HV side cable box and its oil level indicator or HV
fuses (if applicable).
8.
Check that the off load tap-changer is set at the nominal voltage tap.
9.
Check all devices are labeled correctly as per drawing.
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
DESCRIPTION
f. Power Factor Test (ASTM D 924)
g. Dissolved Gas in Oil Analysis (ASTM D3 612)
h. (Dielectric Dissipation Factor, Resistivity, Sediment and/or
Precipitable Sludge).
Another oil sample shall be given to SEC transmission for their own
analysis and comparison purposes. The oil sample should be taken by
contractor.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.6
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
>=1000meg
aohms
< 2 ohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.7
Current Transformers
Note that Bushing current transformer tests and inspections are covered in the
sections relating to the equipment into which they are installed.
1.7.1 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
3.
Check that outdoor secondary wiring terminations are installed in
moisture proof enclosures.
4.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
5.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
6.
Check secondary wiring is correctly color coded and size of wires is as
specified.
7.
Check proper lugs have been used on terminations according to SEC
specification (ring type lugs).
8.
Check CT locations physically and secondary terminal labeling has
been done correctly.
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
11.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
ITEM
12. NOTE: During stability test of power transformer, test all BCT's
(bushing current transformers). That means primary injection test, turns
ratio, check secondary circuits related to BCT by checking short &
isolate facility, measure currents at each point of all loops and compare
between measured values and expected values.
13. Note: It is necessary to demagnetize the cores before each test
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.8
Potential Transformers
1.8.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connection.
Check that the HV connection does not transfer stress to the HV
terminal.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolation and
grounding devices.
Check integrity of primary fuses (if applicable).
Check insulation liquid level and leakage (if applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT box. So
that the secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Gas leakage check for GIS VTs compartment
1.8.2
DONE REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DONE REMARKS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Winding Resistance Test. (Ambient temperature shall be recorded;
winding resistance shall be referred to 75C).
2.
Insulation test as following:
Primary to ground 5kV DC for one minute.
Primary to secondary 2.5kV DC for one minute.
Secondary to ground and core to core 1kV DC for one minute.
3.
Ratio Test.
4.
Polarity Test.
5.
Primary and secondary fuses rating checks for (if applicable).
6.
Ensure VT is included in switchgear and GIS high voltage test.
7.
Check VT HV neutral is solidly grounded.
8.
Check electrical operation of all isolating and grounding devices (if
applicable).
9.
Check phase sequence, for the final three-phase assembly.
10. Verify secondary circuits, terminal to terminal for correctness and
tightness.
11. Loop resistance test and burden test.
12. Check gaps of protective flashover devices (if applicable).
13. Capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor (tan ), this test apply only
to transformers with liquid immersed primary winding insulation for
110 kV and above
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
TABLE 1
SYSTEM
RATED
VOLTAGE
RATED LOAD
FACTOR
TEST VOLTAGE
(KV)
(KV)
11
13.8
33/34.5
69
110
115
132
230
380
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
9.5
12
28
60
95
99.5
114
199
329
TCSP105R01/TMA
FREQUENCY
60 Hz
TIME PERIOD
REMARKS
I Minute
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.9
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolation and
grounding devices (as applicable).
Check oil level (if applicable).
Check for oil leakage.
Check electromagnetic unit spark gaps for correct setting (if
applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT MK. So
that the secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Check drain coils (if applicable).
1.9.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Winding Resistance Test.
2.
Insulation resistance tests HV TO G, LV TO G and HV TO LV using a
one kV insulation tester.
3.
Ratio Test.
4.
Polarity Test.
5.
Check HV neutral is solidly grounded.
6.
Check electrical operation of all isolating and grounding devices (if
applicable).
7.
Check phase sequence, for the final three-phase assembly.
8.
Loop resistance and burden tests.
9.
Capacitance and dissipation factor measurement tests.
10. Insulation power factor test, 110 kV and above.
11. Check on fast damping device (FDD).
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.10
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check mechanical clearances and proper operation of all isolating,
grounding and shorting devices (as applicable).
Check electromagnetic unit spark gaps for correct setting (if
applicable).
Check drain coil unit spark gaps for correct setting (if applicable).
Make sure that MCB for VT secondary is provided in the VT MK.
So that the secondary cable up to LCC is protected
Check wave trap mechanical assembly, bird screens, etc.
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.11
ITEM
1.
2.
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Check SF6 gas at each gas section for air and moisture content after
filling at rated pressure.
15.
Gas leaks test of all flanges and joints after erection and filling.
16.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
17.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
Permissible
Dew point
is 35 oC or
lower.
Wrap
all
joints with
sealed
plastic
sheeting
and test for
gas leakage
after
24
hours.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Description
DONE REMARKS
Check the gauges are ambient Temperature compensated.
Check operation of all gas density switches (alarm trip signals and
lockout functions). Confirm correct set points.
Check all wiring is colored according to approved drawings and
specifications.
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, push buttons,
switches, indicator lamps, mimic buses, etc.) are installed as per
drawings, fixed permanently and are correctly labeled.
Verify that all operating devices are correctly labeled.
Perform mechanical checks and visual inspections on all component
equipment:
Circuit breakers.
Current transformers.
Voltage transformers.
Disconnect and grounding switches.
Check that all phase marking and circuit labeling have been installed
as per specifications.
Ensure that all disconnects switches are provided with viewing
windows or mechanical indicators for verification of contact positions
and that all grounding switch positions can be visually verified from
ground level.
Verify that correct Dispatch Numbers have been installed.
Check the closed barriers at the ends of each gas zones are externally
colored yellow or orange. The zone gas density gauges shall have
zone marking plates fixed over the gauges.
Check & confirm GIS VTs primary isolation device with manual
operation provided, along with it monitoring system locally as well as
on mimic diagram in control room.
For hydraulic mechanisms the hydraulic system to be checked and
assure that no leakage.
Check & confirm the three-phase test adaptor and bushing for HV test
on GIS have been provided.
Check & confirm there are no any sharp edges for the cable trays or
other metallic parts.
Check GIS over pressure relief discs are not cracked or deformed.
1.11.2
ITEM
1.
2.
ELECTRICAL TEST
Description
DONE
Remarks
Insulation resistance test for all low voltage wiring and cabling.
Functional test of all controls and interlocks.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
3.
4.
Description
Resistance of all ground connection joints at 100 A DC.
6.
8.
9.
Remarks
5.
7.
DONE
Not more
than 1.2 X
Rdesign with
component
s
(CBs,
disconnect,
etc.) in a
closed
position.
10. Checks on CB hydraulic system or vacuum system for pump start stop
trip/close lockout threshold values.
GIS PTs to be included during AC HV tests on GIS when test
frequency is well above rated Frequency, otherwise test at 1.5Un
11. one minute at rated frequency without secondary load. PTs secondary
out put volts shall be measured accordingly during the high voltage
test.
12. All AC/DC MCBS shall be tested by trip test through current
injection in each pole.
13. Measure current drawn by motor for CB and DS and check the results
according to design.
14. Check VT HV neutrals externally available especially in case of VTS
installed directly on cable feeder.
15. Check & confirm the three-phase test adaptor and bushing for HV test
on GIS have been provided.
16. Verify the alarms being initiated by SF6 density gauges on LCC and
up to control room during calibration process.
17. Check that all cubicle space heaters and thermostats are functional and
at correct temperature control settings.
18. Perform all electrical tests on following GIS components as per
manufacturers instructions and SEC approved procedures
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
Description
DONE
Circuit breakers.
Current transformers
Voltage transformers
Disconnect and grounding switches.
19. Functional test of trip free and anti pump circuits
20. Check Minimum control voltage trip (60%) and close (80%)
operations.
21. Check spring charge time and motor currents at rated control voltage.
22. Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Remarks
23. For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and
lockout functions.
24. Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for
breaker open/closed position).
25. Calibrate the metering devices such as ammeter, voltmeter
26. Perform high voltage test at 10 kV AC for 1 minute on all groundingswitches external insulating bushings.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.12
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Inspect enclosures for proper alignment, foundation fixing and
grounding and vermin proofing.
Inspect all covers, panels section and doors for paint work and
proper fit.
Check for smooth and proper movement of racking mechanisms
for alignment, shutters, rollers, rails and guides.
Check for proper alignment of the breaker primary and secondary
contacts.
Check operation of all mechanical interlocks.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check bus and supports for defects such as cracked welds, chipped
porcelain, cracked insulation, etc., and free of dust accumulation.
Check main and riser buses for correct phasing connections.
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, push buttons,
switches, indicator lamps, mimic buses, etc.) are installed as per
drawings
Perform mechanical check and visual inspection on all circuit
breakers.
Perform mechanical check and visual inspection on all current
transformers.
Perform mechanical check and visual inspection on all voltage
transformers.
Perform mechanical check and visual inspection on all
disconnected and grounding switches.
Check for correct breaker position indication.
Check for correct spring status indication (spring
charged/discharged).
For air magnetic breakers, check the arc chutes for damage and
correct positioning above the interrupter contacts.
For minimum oil breakers, check correct oil level in each pole.
DONE
Remarks
For SF6 breakers, check the correct gas pressure. Quality and
leakage.
For SF6 breakers, check the operation of the gas density switch
(alarm and lockout functions).
Perform all specific checks on the breaker and spring operating
mechanism according to the manufactures instructions.
Check that all control wiring is correct according to the approved
drawing and terminal connections are secure.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Description
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings.
Check that all phase marking have been installed per
specifications.
Verify that correct Dispatch Numbers have been installed.
Check that all special tools, devices, etc., as per specification have
been provided.
Check existence of warning signs according to SEC specification
DONE
Remarks
Description
DONE
Insulation resistance test of all wiring, cabling and auxiliary circuit
in the panels.
Functional test of all controls and interlocks.
Bus continuity and phasing test.
Main circuit resistance test with the switchgear erected but not yet
connected to the cables. Perform with 100 ampere DC by microohmmeter from panel to panel on each phase from cable spouts with
all circuit breakers racked in service and on position.
Check All AC/DC MCBS in the panel for correct ratings and their
grading. Trip test by current injection for one point on curve.
Insulation resistance test at 5 kV DC on all main circuit between
phase to phase and phase to ground (before HV test).
Perform electrical tests on all component equipment as per SEC
approved procedures:
Circuit breakers.
Current transformers.
Voltage transformers.
Disconnect and grounding switches.
Ensure the cable spouts are included in the high voltage tests
Insulation test on all wiring at 500 V DC.
Contact resistance separate test for CB and all DS.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Functional test of trip free and anti pump circuits.
Functional test of local, alarm and indications.
Functional test of remote, alarm and indications.
Minimum control voltage trip and close operations.
Check and test capacitor trip circuit (if applicable).
Check spring charge time and motor currents at rated control
voltage.
Functional check of thermostat and space heaters, measure heater
current.
Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Timing test open/close using an electronic oscillograph.
Remarks
1.12.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
ELECTRICAL TEST
For minimum oil breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric strength.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
22.
23.
Description
ASTM D-877 (with 2.5 mm gap)
Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for
breaker open/closed position).
Calibrate the metering devices such as ammeter, voltmeter
DONE
Remarks
TABLE-2
TEST VOLTAGE LEVEL FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE METAL CLAD SWITCHGEAR
Switchgear Ratings
11KV
13.8 kV
33 & 34.5 kV
TCSP105R01/TMA
AC Test Voltage
Time Period
25kV 60 Hz
60 Sec
30 kV 60 Hz
56 kV 60 Hz
60 Sec
60 Sec
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.13
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check bus arrangement for conformance with approved drawings.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check that all enclosure grounding is securely connected.
Inspect internal compartments for cleanliness (free from dust and
moisture).
Check for watertight seals at joints including expanding interface
points.
Check bus conductor support insulators for cracked insulation,
chipped porcelain, etc.
Check quality of paint work (inside and outside).
Check that ventilation opening are not blocked, and meet specified
Degree of Protection.
Moisture drain holes available at bottom of enclosure.
Check anti-condensation heaters mounted at the correct locations
(bottom)
1.13.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Perform phasing checks. Ensure correct phase identification.
Perform continuity check.
Bus joint resistance test. (Ductor at 100 A DC)
Insulation resistance test
HV test (to ground and between phases).
Heaters and thermostats functional test. Measure the heater currents.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.14
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1.
Inspect bus and support insulators for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check bus physical arrangement for conformance with approved
drawings.
3.
Check bus connections for correct phasing and marking of phases.
4.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
5.
Check for proper phase to phase and phase to ground clearances.
6.
Ensure that PT, etc., connections are flexible, to prevent transferring
expansion stress from the bus
1.14.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Measure resistance of bus section joints at 100 A DC.
2.
Insulation resistance test at 5 kV DC.
3.
HV test (indoor bus work including PTs where applicable, 69 kV and
below).
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.15
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect bus for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings and that
terminal connections are secure.
Check quality of paintwork.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
DESCRIPTION
Measure resistance of main conducting circuits at 100 A DC.
Insulation resistance test of each breaker pole at 5 kV DC.
Insulation resistance test of all low voltage wiring and cabling.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Functional check of trip free and anti pump circuits.
Functional check of phase disagreement protection circuit (applicable
to breakers whose poles are not mechanically gang operated).
Functional check of local control, alarm and indications.
Functional check of remote control, alarm and indications.
Minimum control voltage trip and close operation.
Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Functional check of thermostat and space heaters, and measurement of
heater current.
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Electrical Tests
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
12. Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for
breaker open/closed positions).
13. Timing test using an electronic oscillograph.
14. For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and
lockout functions.
15. For minimum oil circuit breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric
strength.
16.
17.
18.
DONE
REMARKS
ASTM D
877(with
2.5 mm
gap)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.16
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings and that
terminal connections are secure.
Check quality of paintwork.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for correct breaker position indication (breaker open/closed).
For SF6 breakers:
a. Check for correct SF6 pressure in each pole.
b. Check for gas leakage.
c. Calibrate SF6 pressure gauge.
d. Check operation of gas density switch (alarm and lockout
functions).
e. Check air and moisture content of SF6 gas in breaker.
For motor/spring operation mechanisms:
a. Check manual spring charge operation.
b. Verify correct spring status indication (spring charged/discharged).
c. Perform all specific checks on the mechanism according to the
manufactures instructions.
For pneumatic operating mechanisms:
a. Check the compressor, air piping, valves, pressure gauges, air filter,
water trap and switches for damage or defects.
b. Calibrate the air pressure gauges.
c. Check the setting of air pressure switches (compressor start/stop,
alarm, and lockout).
d. Perform all specific checks on the compressed air system according
to the manufacturers instructions.
e. Check for correct direction of compressor rotation.
f. Check air-charging time.
g. Check safety relief valve operating pressure and resetting pressure.
h. Measure air consumption for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
i. Air storage test, perform as specified, the following without
replenishment: 5X CO, or O + CO + 3min. + CO
j. Air leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
For hydraulic operating mechanisms:
a. Check, the pump, piping, valves, gauges and switches for
damage/defects.
b. Calibrate the fluid pressure gauges.
c. Check for correct hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir.
d. Check the setting of air pressure switches (pump start/stop, alarm,
and lockout).
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Perform all specific checks on the hydraulic system according to the
manufacturers instructions.
Check for oil leaks
Check pump-up time.
Check safety relief valve operating and resetting pressure.
Measure pressure drop for C, O, CO and OCO operations.
Stored energy test perform O + CO + 3min + CO without
replenishment.
Oil leakage test (pressure drop method over 24 hours, CB closed and
open).
Check operation of the nitrogen low pressure switch.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
1.16.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Measure resistance of main conducting circuits at 100 A DC.
Insulation resistance test of each breakers pole at 5 kV DC.
Insulation resistance test of all low voltage wiring and cabling.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Functional check of trip free and anti pump circuits.
Functional check of phase disagreement protection circuit (applicable to
breakers whose poles are not mechanically gang operated).
Functional check of local control, alarm and indications.
Functional check of remote control, alarm and indications.
Minimum control voltage trip and close operation.
Functional checks of breaker operation counter.
Functional check of thermostat and space heaters, and measurement of
heater current.
Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts (for
Breaker open/closed positions).
Timing test using an electronic oscillograph.
For SF6 breakers, verify electrically the low gas pressure alarm and
lockout functions.
For minimum oil circuit breakers, test insulating oil for dielectric strength.
ASTM D
877 (with
2.5 mm
gap)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
17. For motor/spring operating mechanisms, measure spring charge time and
motor current.
18. For pneumatic or hydraulic mechanisms:
a.
Measure compressor/pump motor starting and running currents.
b.
Ensure that all air is bled from the hydraulic system.
c.
Verify electrically the low stored energy (fluid pressure) alarm
and lockout functions.
d.
Functional check of the motor excessive running time alarm
circuit.
19. AC HV test (applicable to SF6 breakers, if the tank is opened at site, e.g.,
to install bushings.
20. Bushing current transformer test (applicable to dead tank breakers)
21. Insulation and bushing power factor tests.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.17
1.17.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Description
Inspect for physical damage and defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check quality of galvanizing (if applicable).
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DONE
Remarks
DONE
Remarks
ELECTRICAL TEST
Description
Measure resistance of main current path (terminal to terminal) at 100
A DC.
Functional test of all electrical interlocks.
Measure motor starting and running current.
Check position-signaling contacts (if applicable).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
5.
6.
Description
For motor operating mechanisms:
a. Check mechanism cabinet grounded.
b. Check correct setting of motor limit switch (open/close).
c. Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b
contacts.
d. Measure switches opening and closing times and motor
current at rated voltage (for fast acting disconnects and
grounding switches perform a timing test with an
electronic oscillograph).
e. Minimum voltage operation (close and open) at 90 V
DC.
f. Functional check of thermostat and space heaters.
Measure heater current.
g. Insulation test all control and power wiring/cables at 500
V DC/
h. Check that in the manual mode, insertion of the
operating handle automatically disconnects the motor
DC supply.
For bus bar isolators, check carefully make and make before brake
contact function for auxiliary switch contacts used for CT switching
schemes during open close time test on Disconnectors main contacts.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.18
Circuit Switchers
1.18.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Perform mechanical checks and inspection of isolating disconnect, as
per Section 3.17.1, above.
2.
Perform mechanical checks and adjustments on interrupter unit
according to the manufacturers instructions.
3.
Check the low SF6 target at the interrupter units.
4.
Check interrupter position indicator operation.
1.18.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Resistance of main current path (terminal to terminal) at 100 Amps
DC.
2.
Functional check of all electrical interlocks.
3.
Measure motor starting and running current.
4.
Check position-signaling contacts (if applicable).
5.
For motor operating mechanisms:
a. Check mechanism cabinet properly grounded.
b. Check correct setting of motor limit switched (open/close).
c. Check correct operation of all auxiliary a and b contacts.
d. Measure switches opening and closing times and motor current
at rated voltage (for fast acting disconnects and grounding
switches perform a timing test with an electronic oscillograph).
e. Minimum voltage operation (close and open) at 90V DC.
f. Functional check of thermostat and space heaters. Measure
heater current.
g. Insulation test all control and power wiring/cables at 500V DC
h. Check that in the manual mode, insertion of the operating handle
automatically disconnects the motor DC supply.
6.
Check shunt trip device operation.
7.
Verify proper operation sequence of interrupters and disconnects.
8.
Insulation power factor test of the interrupters.
9.
Timing test of the interrupter contacts with electronic oscillograph.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.19
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Main circuits Continuity Test for tightness of joints and bolts.
Main circuit insulation resistance measurement by 2.5kV Megger or
2kV AC HV Test for one minute.
Phasing check.
6.
7.
8.
5.
9.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.20
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Description
DONE REMARKS
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check for proper cable Support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or greater
than the minimum bending radius specified
Link box tightness check
Check/inspect the cable outer jacket for any physical damage or
irregularities.
Check/inspect the transposition of cable phases
Check for the cross connection of cable metallic sheath in cross
bonding system
Check the rubber seal in the cable clamps to avoid any damage to
cable outer jacket
Check the insulating shrouds are installed at the base of cable
terminations
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground
grid as specified
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
SWGR shall be single point earthed at SWGR side and at floating
side SVL (sheath voltage limiter) should be installed.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
For accessories (sealing terminations, instrument panels and link
boxes), check the following as applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Condition of paint work
c. All bolted connections
Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield
wire distribution.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.20.2
Electrical Test
ITEM
Description
1. Phase checking for conductor & sheath bonding.
2. Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement test
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5 kV DC
3.
insulation tester before and after high voltage/ 24 hour Soaking test.
4. Anti corrosion sheath test
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DONE REMARKS
<2
located
inside
substation
<10 if
located far
from
substation)
Sheath
Current <
3%
TCSP105R01/TMA
For HV
Test
see
table 21
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.21
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or
greater than the minimum bending radius specified
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, Blocking.
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground
grid as specified
Pressure test of all associated oil piping
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at
floating side SVL(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed
Availability of oil sampling facility valve arrangement.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Oil flow test
Impregnation test
RGP test / DGA test
For accessories (sealing terminations, pressure tank, gauges,
instrument panels and link boxes), check the following as
applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. All valve positions according to design (open/closed).
c. Calibrate pressure gauges and pressure switches.
d. Oil pressure.
e. No oil leaks.
f. Condition of paint work
g. All bolted connections
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.21.2
Electrical Test
ITEM
Description
1.
Check Phasing for conductor & sheath bonding
2.
Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement test
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5 kV DC
3.
insulation tester before and after high voltage / 24 hour Soaking test.
4.
SVL (Sheath voltage Limiter)test by2.5kV DC insulation tester
5.
Anti corrosion sheath test
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
less than 2
for
location
inside
substation
<10 for
located far
from
substation
Sheath
Current < 3
%
For HV
Test see
table 2-1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.22
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or
greater than the minimum bending radius specified
Check for proper cable support ,clamping ,trays
Blocking
Link box tightness check
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box or
directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground
grid as specified
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at
floating side SVL(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed
DONE REMARKS
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per approved
design
Inspection of label inside link boxes and water proofing test
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield
wire distribution.
Check/inspect the cable outer jacket for any physical damage or
irregularities.
Check/inspect the transposition of cable phases
Check for the cross connection of cable metallic sheath in cross
bonding system
Check the rubber seal in the cable clamps to avoid any damage to
cable outer jacket
Check the insulating shrouds are installed at the base of cable
terminations
For accessories (sealing terminations, instrument panels and link
boxes), cheek the following as applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Condition of paint work
c. All bolted connections
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.22.2
Electrical Test
ITEM
Description
1. Check Phasing for conductor and sheath bonding.
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5 kV DC
2. insulation tester before and after high voltage / 24 hour Soaking
test.
Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement
3.
test
4. Conductor insulation resistance test
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
Sheath Current
< 3 % the
Sheath Current
should be
3%, the
current due to
induction of
neighboring
circuits should
be considered
and the limit
should be
3%+current
due to external
circuits
<2 for
located inside
substation
<10 for
located far
from S/S
For HV Test
see table 2-1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.23
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Description
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench
method)
Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check for proper cable support, clamping ,trays, blocking
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or
greater than the minimum bending radius specified
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box
or directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings
from termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to
ground grid as specified
Pressure test of all associated oil piping
Check that phases are identified and color coded
Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and
at floating side SVL (sheath voltage limiter) should be installed.
Availability of oil sampling facility valve arrangement.
Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per
approved design
Oil flow test
Impregnation test
RGP test / DGA test
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
For accessories (sealing terminations, pressure tank, gauges,
instrument panels and link boxes), cheek the following as
applicable:
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Link box tightness check.
c. Inspection of label inside link boxes and water proofing test
d. All valve positions according to design (open/closed).
e. Calibrate pressure gauges and pressure switches.
f. Oil pressure.
g. No oil leaks.
h. Condition of paint work
i. All bolted connections
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.23.2
ITEM
1.
Electrical Test
Description
4.
5.
6.
3.
7.
REMARKS
2.
DONE
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.24
ITEM
Description
1. Inspect for physical damage or defects
2. Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
3. Check for proper cable bolted connections
Check cable bends to ensure that bending radius is equal to or
4.
greater than the minimum bending radius specified
5. Check for proper cable support ,clamping ,trays, blocking
6. Link box tightness check
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through link box
7.
or directly grounded)
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
8.
termination to termination.
Check that all grounding points are securely connected to ground
9.
grid as specified
10. Check that phases are identified and color coded
11. Single Core Cable connected between Power Transformer and
Switchgear shall be single point earthed at Switchgear side and at
floating side SVL(sheath voltage limiter) should be installed
12. Check Single point or both ends, via voltage limiter as per
approved design
13. Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed
14. Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield
wire distribution.
15. For accessories (sealing terminations, instrument panels and link
boxes), check the following as applicable.
a. Nameplates installed and data is correct.
b. Condition of paint work
c. All bolted connections
1.24.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Test
ITEM
Description
1. Check Phasing for conductor and sheath bonding.
Conductor resistance, Capacitance and inductance measurement
2.
test
3. SVL(sheath voltage limiter)test By 2.5kv DC insulation tester
4. Anti corrosion sheath test
5.
DONE
less than 2
for location
inside
substation
<10 for
located far from
PAGE NO. 53 OF 191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
S/S
ITEM
6.
7.
8.
Description
Zero and positive sequence impedance measurement
Insulation resistance test for conductor
Sheath DC high voltage test (10kV DC for 1 min.) and 5
kV DC insulation tester before and after high voltage / 24
hour Soaking test.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
Sheath
Current < 3 %
For HV Test
see table 2-1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.25
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects. Check irregularities of
outer jacket caused by non-uniform shield wire distribution.
2.
Verify all cable connections as per drawing.
3.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking.
4.
Check cable bends to ensure that the bending radius is equal to or
greater than the minimum bending radius specified.
5.
Verify shield grounding as per design (single point, both ends, via
voltage limiters, etc.
6.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
7.
Check that phases are identified and color coded.
8.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
9.
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
10. Check for proper cable arrangement in the path (RYB) in order to
prevent circulating current.
1.25.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Sheath armor continuity test.
Sheath insulation resistance test.(1000v DC insulation
resistance)
IR for
sheath > 10
Meg-ohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.26
LV Cables
1.26.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check tightness of terminals and confirm the cables are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check cable entry path trench as ducts are to be properly sealed.
Visual Inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Check cable size against rating required.
1.26.2
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Phasing and continuity check.
2.
AC HV Test at 2 kV 60 Hz for 1 minute between core to core and
core to grounded armor.
3.
Insulation Resistance Test with 2.5 kV DC insulation tester.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.27
Control Cable
1.27.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage/defects.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check for proper cable duct, support, clamping, trays, blocking.
Check tightness of terminals, ferrule numbering and confirm the
cables are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check all cables are securely supported throughout.
Check the path/separation of control & power cables
Visual inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Size checking against rating required.
1.27.2
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Phasing and continuity check.
2.
Insulation Resistance Test with 1 kV DC insulation tester.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
IR > 100
Megaohms
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.28
Pilot Cables
1.28.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Verify all cable connections as per approved drawing.
Verify that all cables and cores are labeled correctly.
Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking, etc.
Check tightness of terminals, ferrules, wiring identification and
confirm the cables are secured.
Check that all cable trays are secure and correctly grounded.
Check all cables are securely supported throughout.
Visual inspection, size and rating confirmation.
Size checking against rating required.
Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings from
termination to termination.
1.28.2
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
Conductor loop resistance test for all pairs.
2.
Core Identification for each core between two ends.
3.
Insulation Resistance for sheath armor to ground by 500V DC
IR > 10
insulation tester for each section before jointing.
Mega-ohms
4.
Insulation Resistance for sheath armor to ground with a 500 V DC
IR > 10
insulation tester after all joints are completed and before termination
Mega-ohms
in the pilot boxes (if applicable).
5.
Capacitance measurement for all cores.
6.
Insulation resistance test between core to core and core to ground
IR > 1000
with a 5 kV DC insulation tester.
Mega-ohms
7.
Frequency response test.
8.
End to end terminal and pair matching.
9.
Noise Level Measurement.
10. Cross-talk and coupling test between pairs.
11. High voltage test for protection and control core by 15 kV DC for 1
minute.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
PRE-COMMISSIONING SITE
TEST LEVEL
2Uo = 16 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 24 kV
2Uo = 38 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 57 kV
2Uo = 80 kV AC
or
VLF test level = 3Uo = 120 kV
TIME PERIOD
(MINUTES)
60
2Uo = 128 kV AC
60
2Uo = 152 kV AC
60
2Uo = 265 kV AC
60
260kV AC
60
60
60
60
60
60
REFERENCES
AC HV Test: Recommendation by KEMA Research Laboratory (Netherlands).
VLF Test: Recommendation by High Voltage Corporation (USA) and Seba-Dynatronic
(GERMANY) as a Manufacturer of VLF Test Sets.
Test Voltage levels for LV Cables, Control Cable and Pilot Cables
SYSTEM RATED
VOLTAGE (KV)
PRE-COMMISSIONING SITE
TEST LEVEL
TIME PERIOD
(MINUTES)
LV Cables
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.29
Overhead Lines
1.29.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Inspect that the access roads and structure pads are to specification
(locations, widths, depth of base, cover material properly
compacted, etc.)
Check that sand stabilization has been done per specification (if
applicable).
Check the right of way to ensure that there is no construction or
agricultural encroachment.
Check that the ground profile allows water to run-off away from the
structures.
Check that grounding connection is made properly with steel
structure and protective coating is applied on the concrete cap (if
specified). There shall be no cracks, and the concrete cap shall slope
away from the stub angle.
Check that crash barrier and/or flood protection are being done as
per specification (if applicable).
For wooden pole structures, ensure that poles type and size are the
correct specification and have been installed correctly (depth and
plumb). Ensure that the depth indication tags are on each pole.
For wooden pole structures, check structure guy wire, cross braces,
and other framing work are being done correctly.
Check that all wood structures have been identified correctly and
that the identification plates are to specification. For double circuit
structures, ensure that each circuit is correctly identified.
For steel structures, ensure that type is as per specification /
drawings.
Check galvanizing quality and thickness (rust is not acceptable).
Check bolts types and tightness (torque wrench method).
Ensure anti-climbing guards are correctly installed (if applicable).
Check step bolt tightness.
For porcelain insulators, check insulators for chips, cracks, etc.
Ensure correct number of insulators have been installed in each
string. Ensure that cotter keys have been properly installed.
For composite insulators, perform close elevated inspection on each
structure to check that the insulator sheaths and sheds are not
cracked, damaged, torn. The rod should not be exposed at any of its
location.
Check that all line hardware (insulator, corona rings, vibration
dampers, spacers, conductor clamps, warning spheres, warning
lights, armor rods, counter weights, flag socket/keys etc..) are
installed correctly and in correct locations as per specification and
drawings.
Make sure that the insulators are clean and line is safe to be
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
energized.
ITEM
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Check that all splices are correct and installed in correct span
locations.
Check that all jumpers are installed correctly. Make sure of correct
clearance between jumper and structure as well as with other
phases.
Check that overhead shield wire / OBGW and associated joint box
are grounded to towers as specified.
Ensure that sags for phase and overhead ground conductors are even
and to specification.
Check that ground clearances are meeting company standards.
Check circuit / phase identification plates, structure number, danger
sign plate, etc. have been correctly installed at each structure.
Check line / phase correctly transposed at the specified locations (if
applicable).
Check that washing platform and pumping system has been
installed as per specification (if applicable).
Check solar unit for tower lighting with cable (if applicable).
For terminal compound, check the following, if available, as per
contract:
a. Outdoor equipment such as surge arresters, CVTs, etc.
b. Equipment structure
c. Foundation
d. Bonding of equipment / structures
e. Gravelling inside terminal compound
f. Circuit identification
g. Conductor dropper and connectors
h. Fence and gate are complete and grounded.
Ensure that the site has been properly cleaned up and all earthwork
profiles are correct before acceptance.
Regarding to the spacer dampers and vibrations on the 380kV
Overhead Transmission Lines the following should be observed:a. Installed as per Manufacturer Instruction
b. Spacer Damper Locations are as per the approved "In-Span
Position Table"
c. Alignment of Spacer Dampers are perpendicular to Installed
Using Manufacturer
d. Recommended Tools.
See check list item 3.29.3
1.29.2
Electrical Test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1
Perform phase sequence / rotation check.
Perform sequence impedance and susceptances tests and mutual
2
impedances (both zero and positive sequence for double circuits
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
lines
3
ITEM
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Check the aircraft warning lights are properly functioning (if
applicable).
Perform continuity and conductivity test
5kV for 1
Perform Phase conductor insulation resistance test.
minute
1.29.3
Check list
CHECK LIST FOR SPACER DAMPER INSTALLATION
Transmission Line
Voltage Level
Location (Area)
Contractor Name
Contract No
Spacer Damper Manufacturer
Span
No.
Installed as per
Manufacturer Instruction
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Not Verified
Spacer Damper
Locations are as per the
approved "In-Span
Position Table"
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Alignment of Spacer
Dampers are
perpendicular to
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Not
Verified
Installed Using
Manufacturer
Recommended
Tools.
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Verified Not
Verified
Remark
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.30
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1.
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling.
2.
Prior to opening any case or panel, confirm that the equipment will
not be contaminated by dust, excessive humidity or other pollutants.
3.
Ensure that there is no foreign material, moisture, dust, etc., inside
panels and device cases.
4.
Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance
to approved drawings and equipment/material lists.
5.
Ensure that all relays, relay covers, meters, controls and test facilities
are properly identified as per the approved drawings and relevant
SEC standards and that the identification does not obscure
information displays.
6.
Ensure the mimic bus provides an accurate representation and that all
switchgear identification is accurate and as assigned by Systems
Operations Department.
7.
Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its
final service location.
8.
Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC relevant
specification.
9.
For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to
the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire
is bent at the termination point.
10. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected
against mal operation due to vibration, shock, etc.
1.30.2
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1.
Wiring Test / Confirmation
a. The equipment is safe to work on and free of construction
activities.
b. Ensure that the approved drawings, relevant specification,
protection requirement, manufacturers manuals, factory test
results, site test procedures, etc., are available at site.
c. All necessary tools and equipment with their valid calibration
certificates are available.
d. Stable auxiliary power supplies at the rated voltages are
available.
e. Prior to conducting panel checks, open all supply breakers,
remove all fuses and ensure that all DC (including alarm, SOE,
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Temporarily isolate the ground point on each circuit
individually and retest to confirm that each CT and VT circuit is
grounded at a single point.
h. Check the burden of each DC circuit with an ohmmeter to
confirm absence of short circuits.
i. Check auxiliary power supply polarity and magnitude at the
supply side of all circuit breakers/fuses to be correct as per
schematics and relay/meter ratings.
j. All wiring including CT, VT, AC, control, alarm and earthing
shall be confirmed terminal to terminal and wire by wire using
an ohmmeter.
k. Operate all switches and relay contacts confirming connection
terminal numbers and contact status using an ohmmeter.
l. Confirmed wiring is to be highlighted in yellow on the
schematic diagram. Corrections/changes in the schematics shall
be marked up using red pencil for additions and green for
deletions.
m. For all MCBs, confirm ratings as per approved drawings;
operate several times by hand. Inject 150% of rated current and
record the timing for trip operation.
n. Confirm that each internal and external wire is properly ferruled
at termination points.
2. a. CT Circuit Confirmation
b. Inject AC current at about 50% of the rated current into one
phase to neutral of the current circuit at the incoming CT cable
connection using a suitable meter and isolated current source (for
each phase of each current circuit).
c. At each current test facility, confirm current flow and polarity in
the subject phase and neutral as appropriate and according to the
approved schematics. Confirm no current in the other two
phases.
d. Withdraw each relay in the current circuit one at a time and
confirm that the case shorting facility is working and that at no
time during its withdraw is the current circuit opened. Check test
facility shorting and isolating devices for proper operation.
e. Confirm current flow in the relay by opening the case shorting
manually and confirming the meter to read zero.
f. Confirm that any phase selector switch for metering is
connected in the correct phase being tested. (For each phase of
each current circuit).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
3. VT Circuit Confirmation
a. Connect a fused or current limited adjustable three phase, four
wire voltage sources to the VT circuit and slowly increase the
voltage to the rated value.
b. Using a voltmeter and phase angle meter, confirm the phase
angle and magnitude at each terminal in the voltage circuit
according to the approved schematics.
ITEM
4.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
c. Check total burden per phase to conform to expected loading as
per connected relay/metering specifications.
d. Confirm that any phase selector switch for metering is connected
in the correct phase being tested for each phase of each current
circuit.
DC Circuit Confirmation
a. Withdraw all removable relays and meters from the panel.
b. Apply normal DC supply (insert fuses/close breaker) to the
circuit and use a DC voltmeter to confirm all direct connections
to the positive and negative supply between the fuse/breaker and
the device terminals are made correctly. Confirm power supply
at each relay/meter case terminals is correct.
c. Disable the DC supply and reinstall the relays and meters in the
panel. Restore the DC supply.
d. Test the panel by operating (or simulating operation for external
devices) each switch/coil/contact separately while monitoring
correct circuit operation. Use a voltmeter to confirm DC
voltages at progressive locations in the panel wiring. Proceed in
such a way as to confirm that each contact operates only the
intended devices in the panel. Confirm all contacts of control
switches/relays including spares.
1.30.3
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
Continuity Checks
Cables and external wiring insulation shall be tested as for panel
internal wiring, Section 3.30.2. All control cables shall be tested
using a low ohms reading ohmmeter to check each wire separately
to ground (CT and VT circuits must have their normal grounding
point isolated during this test). The technician at one end shall
ground one core at a time in communication with the technician at
the other end who shall use an ohmmeter to monitor the cores.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
2.
3.
CT Cable Checks
A final check of each CT circuit shall be conducted by current
injection at the source end while measuring magnitude and phase
angle in the downstream circuit test facilities.
VT Cable Checks
A final check of each VT circuit shall be conducted by voltage
injection at the source end while measuring magnitude and phase
angle in the downstream circuit test facilities.
1.30.4
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1.
Each panel device shall be mechanically inspected prior to testing.
CAUTION: When working with electronic devices, never remove
modules with the DC supply energized. Use precautions to prevent
static discharge damage to the modules. Grounded wrist strap, antistatic work surface and electrically conductive storage bags should
be used.
a. Check condition of internal wiring and solder joints.
b. Case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust.
c. Condition of any connectors, contacts, alignment and travel.
d. Operation of moving parts, mechanical target operation and
reset.
2. Relay Tests
Relay tests shall be conducted in accordance with the approved site
test procedure. Additional tests may be required as recommended by
the manufacturer, by Company Standard or as deemed necessary by
the Company from operational experience.
a. 500 V insulation tests shall be conducted between the AC
circuits and from AC circuits to the relay frame. All
outputs/indications shall be tested.
b. For electromechanical relays, the DC circuits shall be insulation
tested to AC circuits and to the frame of the relay.
c. Initial tests of new protective relays shall include operating
characteristics checks for a representative range of available
settings with Company approved computer operated test
equipment running routines developed for the specific relay and
test set involved.
d. Relay auxiliary devices such as external resistors, metrosils, etc.,
to be tested to conform to required ratings and manufacturers
information.
e. Proper electrical operation of targets/indicators shall be
confirmed.
f. Final calibration test of all protective relays must be carried out
on approved settings with the relays mounted in their cases, by
secondary injection at the front panel mounted test facilities.
g. Auxiliary and tripping relay testing shall include:
i.Insulation testing as above.
ii.Pickup and dropout voltage, verification of all contacts.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
TCSP105R01/TMA
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
TCSP105R01/TMA
DESCRIPTION
Date of Approval: July 09, 2011
DONE REMARKS
PAGE NO. 68 OF 191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
3.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
e.
4.
5.
Functional Checks
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
Test to Local Auxiliaries
With all tripping isolating switches opened, operate the protective
relays by secondary injection to test all functions to the panel
auxiliaries. Check and confirm correct operation of all trip, alarm,
SOE and SCADA auxiliaries in the panel as well as initiation outputs
to DFR, breaker failure, etc.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
2.
End To End Tests
Communications with the test crew at the remote end are essential to
this test. Where protection signaling equipment (PSE) is used in the
scheme, end to end tests shall be conducted to confirm operation of
each channel individually to the correct remote tripping/protection
inputs in coordination with personnel at the remote end. Round trip
channel delay should be checked and recorded. Pilot Differential
Protection shall be end to end tested as recommended by the
manufacturer.
3.
Test to Remote Functions
Individually operate each control switch, protection output trip,
initiation and alarm function with the associated isolating switch (if
available) first in the open position and then in the closed position to
prove the switch connection. Take care to limit tripping when testing
to transfer tripping or breaker failure protection prior to initiating.
Where no physical or visual indication of the signal is available, use a
multimeter to monitor the received signal at the appropriate terminals
of the remote panel or equipment. Interlocks such as close blocking
from lockouts shall also be proven. Testing shall include all reclosing,
initiation, trip, SCADA, SOE, annunciator and fault recorder outputs
from the panel to actuate the associated remote devices.
4.
Primary Injection
Phase and ratio connection of CT and VT circuits shall be confirmed
by primary injection and checked to the panel test facilities.
5.
Stability Tests
Stability of bus bar, transformer differential protection and restricted
E/F protection circuits shall be confirmed by injecting current on the
primary bus and simulating first internal and then external fault
conditions while monitoring spill current at the protective relay.
6.
Remote Tap Change Control (RTCC)
a. Selection of Independent, Master/Follower, Auto, Manual from
RTCC local pushbuttons and from SCADA.
b. Raise and lower operation of the tap changer in
Independent/Manual from both the RTCC control pushbuttons
and from SCADA.
c. Raise and lower operation of the tap changer in Master-Follower
for each possible combination of paralleled transformers, in
Manual
mode from both the RTCC control pushbuttons and from SCADA.
d. Raise and lower operation of the tap changer from the AVR relay
in Independent/Auto and Master/Auto both when the RTCC is in
Local and in SCADA control modes.
e. Check of blocking and reset of operating modes when breakers
are opened or paralleling is disturbed.
f. Operation of all alarm, SCADA and SOE outputs from the panel and control
panel.
7.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
8.
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
a. Check the proper scheme for automatic closing of third
transformer 13.8 kV incomer circuit breaker in case of tripping
of any transformer in service.
b. Check all alarms, command and back indication of the system
with SCADA.
Trip On Parallel scheme
a. Check the manual tripping of one circuit breaker and selection of
the circuit breaker to be closed and in time of tripping of that
selected circuit breaker the fifth circuit breaker will closed
accordingly (13.8 kV three transformers and two bus section
circuit breakers).
b. Check all alarms, command and back indication of the scheme to
SCADA.
Automatic Bus Transfer Scheme (ABTS) Panel
a. Operation in service for tripping of each transformer individually
when paralleled with a second transformer to demonstrate
automatic paralleling of the third transformer. If possible,
offload one bus at a time so that it is possible to prove operation
for loss of the independent transformer without loss of customer
load.
b. Prove that protection blocking interlocks (bus differential,
transformer high side time over current etc.) prevent operation of
the ABTS.
c. Prove scheme for opening of bus section breaker to break
parallel of three transformers is functioning.
d. Test blocking and forced operation of the RTCC by the ABTS.
e. Operation of all alarm, SCADA and SOE outputs from the panel.
Automatic Transfer Schemes (ATS)
a. Confirm proper operation of station service (AC and DC)
automatic transfer schemes by simulating incomer failures.
b. Confirm operation of interlocks to prevent/limit paralleling of
incomer sources as per approved scheme.
c. Test automatic and manual controls for all possible operating
conditions.
Switchgear Control Panel Functional Tests
a. Checks of all interlocking and blocking functions (synch check,
lockout block closing, ground switch, etc.)
b. Tests of open and close operation and indication of the
associated switchgear.
c. Operation of all alarms, SCADA and SOE outputs from the
panel.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.30.6
ITEM
2.
3.
Energization
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
First Time Energization Testing-Checks Prior to Energization
a. All in service CT circuit shorting is removed.
b. All VT circuits MCBs closed, fuses in place.
c. All supplies to protection, control, switchgear, etc., are normal.
d. No abnormal relay targets, alarms, SCADA SOE indications.
e. All relays have approved settings applied and have been fully
tested and are in service.
f. All alarm relay settings are finalized and the relays are locked.
g. Relays that have a backup battery for memory storage have
their batteries installed and the temporary battery covers
removed.
h. All switchgear and other power equipment testing are
completed.
i. All protection equipment is properly labeled.
j. All fire/smoke alarm systems are fully tested and in service.
k. All necessary fire fighting equipment is on site and accessible
without obstruction.
l. Confirm all men and tools are clear of equipment to be
energized and that all personnel are aware of the pending
energization.
Phasing Checks
Before paralleling two sources, phasing shall be absolutely proven
by selectively energizing a common three phase VT set from the two
sources one at a time and checking the phasing (voltage and phase
angle) of the VT set to a reference potential whose source shall
remain unchanged for the duration of the test.
For example, if one new incoming line to an existing station is to be
energized, use the existing incoming line A phase to neutral
potential as a reference and measure and record the new line VT
secondary three phase voltage and phase angles when energized
from the remote end only. Then after opening the remote end of the
new line, energize the new line from the local station only and repeat
the voltage and phase angle measurements, the results of the two
tests should be identical (within a few degrees) if phasing is correct.
Where possible, phasing sticks can be used.
In Service Checks
a. Immediately after energization, in-service/on-load checks should be
taken and recorded by measuring the magnitude and phase of all
voltage and current circuits to a common reference at all of the test
points available to prove VT and CT connection, ratio and polarity.
b. Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with CT/VT
measurements in the control circuits.
c. As soon as sufficient load is available, all directional and distance
type relays shall have their operating direction proven using in
service voltages and currents.
d. Directional earth fault relays shall be proven by selectively
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
isolating in service voltages and currents to provide a range of
simulated fault conditions.
e. For REF and bus differential relays, check to ensure minimal spill
currents in service. Test the differential circuit by isolating one
service current from the summation to force operation and prove
the summation circuit is not shorted.
f. For transformer differential circuits, check spill currents and
minimum, center and maximum transformer taps. Spill current at
minimum and maximum taps should be similar with near zero spill
current on the center tap position if the auxiliary CTs are selected
to the correct tap.
g. Check transformer AVR operation in independent and parallel
modes as applicable. Manually raise (lower) the transformer(s) two
taps and place them back in AUTO to observe the automatic return
to the correct voltage tap. Confirm operation from SCADA and in
all possible operating modes.
h. Functionally test the ABTS scheme by operating transformer
protection to trip the breakers and initiate the system.
i. Check in service reclosing for OHTL circuits by operating the
protection to initiate trip and reclose.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.31
Station Batteries
1.31.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness as per standards.
Check tightness of all external wiring and cabling connections.
Verify all panel mounted devices (meters, switches, push buttons,
indicator lamps, etc.) are supplied and installed according to approved
drawings.
Make sure all battery connections are clean and free from corrosion.
Verify system configuration and capacity with contract specification.
Check that all cells are properly numbered.
Check protective covers installed.
Check that all battery maintenance tools and accessories (hydrometer,
wall mounted thermometer, insulated torque wrench, rubber gloves,
apron, face shield) have been provided per specifications. Ensure that
all maintenance equipment is stored in a wall mounted lockable
cabinet.
Check that the room ventilation, exhaust fan, etc., are to specification.
Check installation of safety equipment (eyewash, showers, No
smoking and Warning Caustic/Acid signs).
For flooded lead acid batteries, check for correct specific gravity and
liquid level.
Check that all battery racks are correctly and securely grounded.
Check that the battery bank is provided with an isolating disconnect
switch.
Check that the Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) battery bank has
an ammeter provided for monitoring the float charge current.
1.31.2
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
For valve Regulated lead Acid Batteries, check the open circuit
voltage of each cell.
2.
Perform initial charging of the battery (equalize voltage, charging rate
and charging time according to the manufacturers instructions).
3.
Record individual cell voltage electrolyte specific gravity and cell
temperatures at the end of charge cycle.
4.
Battery discharge test:
Room
a. The battery must not have been discharged within last 7 days
temperatu
before test is performed.
re shall be
b. While battery on float, read and record the voltage of each cell
between
or unit and battery terminals float voltage.
25 and 30
c. Disconnect the battery charger and any other load on the
C.
battery.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
ITEM
5.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
d. Record the initial voltage of each unit and battery terminals.
e. Select the discharge rate based upon the battery capacity
(ampere-hour) and the time period the test shall be carried out
for 10 hours.
f. With the variable load bank (dummy load) with an ammeter in
series and a voltmeter across the battery terminals, connect the
load while simultaneously starting the timing device.
g. Maintain the correct current while periodically reading and
recording total battery voltage. After 10 hours record the final
unit voltage and compare the test result with the manufacturers
recommended voltage chart to confirm the battery end voltage.
Fully recharge the battery according to the manufacturers
instructions.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.32
Battery Charger
1.32.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Inspect for physical damage or defects
Check nameplate information for correctness as per standards
Check tightness of all external wiring and cabling connections,
labeling, drawing pocket shall be checked
Verify all panel mounted devices (meters, switches, push buttons,
indicator lamps, fuses etc.) are supplied and installed according to
approved drawings
Check that all Alarm relays shall be auto-reset.
1.32.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Insulation test for all external wiring.
Battery charger test by simulation of variable load to check for
correct charger current output response to different values of load
Check the adjustment range of output float and equalize voltage.
Note that the adjustment of float and equalize voltage should be
independent of each other
Functional check of the following:
a. High and low output voltages alarm/shutdown
b. Ground monitoring/ground detector for +ve and ve alarms
c. All other protective alarm /shutdown
d. All devices (switches, push buttons, timers, indicating lamps,
etc.)
e. Current limits
f. Soft start
g. Impedance monitors (if applicable)
h. Silicon droppers (if applicable)
Check output voltage ripple content (battery disconnected)
Check regulation at 0%, 50 % and 100 % of full load
Measure AC input and DC output voltages and currents and
calculate efficiency at 50% and 100% of rated output current
Calibrate voltmeters and ammeters
If applicable measure the following and verify that they are
compatible with and meet the requirements of the communications
equipment:
a. Voice band noise voltage
b. Wideband noise voltage
Check load sharing operation for parallel chargers
Ensure that the settings of adjusted control, shutdown, alarm
voltage, etc. have been reset to the final operational values as
specified by SEC
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.33
AC Distribution Panels
1.33.1 Mechanical check and Visual Inspection
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Inspect for physical damage or defects including of quality of paint
work
Verify circuits layout for conformance with breaker directory
drawing
Inspect and verify ACDB Rating Plate, check bus-bar rating, short
circuit withstand current & main MCCBs rating at 55oC.
Verify correct rating of each circuit breaker per design drawings
Check tightness of all bolted connections
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, selector
switches, push buttons, timers, indication lamps, etc.) are installed
per layout drawing and are correctly labeled
Check for proper grounding connection (torque wrench method)
1.33.2 Electrical Test
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
Insulation test of all buses and wirings
Phasing check
Functional check of main power contactor (or breaker)
Functional check of each branch breaker
Calibrate voltmeters, ammeters and watt-meters
6.
DONE REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.34
DC Distribution Panels
1.34.1 Mechanical check and Visual Inspection
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects including of quality of paint
work
Verify circuits layout for conformance with breaker directory
drawing
Inspect and verify DCDB Rating Plate, check bus-bar rating, short
circuit withstand current & main MCCBs rating at 55oC.
Verify correct rating of each circuit breaker per design drawings
Check tightness of all bolted connections
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, selector
switches, push buttons, timers, indication lamps, etc.) are installed
per layout drawing and are correctly labeled
Check for proper grounding connection (torque wrench method)
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Insulation test for all busses and wirings
Polarity check
Functional check of main breaker
Functional check of each branch breaker
Calibrate voltmeters, ammeters and watt-meters
Functional check of meters and phase selector switches
Functional check of all auxiliary devices including individual, group
7.
and main circuit breaker alarms
8. Functional check of under voltage protection/alarm circuits
9. Functional check of DC transfer switches and interlocks
Functional check of positive and/or negative ground alarm
10. (calibrate resistors for proper detection sensitivity earth fault relay
setting shall be checked )
11. Check all MCBs for their ratings and alarms
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.35
LV AC Auto-Transfer Schemes/Switches
1.35.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check that all front panel mounted devices are supplied and arranged
according to approved drawings.
3.
Check that all devices and cables are properly identified and labeled.
4.
Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method).
5.
Check that all grounding is correct and securely connected (including
neutral bus).
6.
Check mechanical/electrical interlocks.
1.35.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Phasing check of incomers and transfer switch connections.
Calibrate under voltage relays and time delays.
Calibrate voltmeter and ammeters.
Functional check of meters and selector switches.
Functional check of electrical and mechanical interlocks.
Functional check of preferred source selector switch.
Check transfer motor fuses.
Functional check of transfer operation (simulate loss of one source)
and retransfer on re-establishment of preferred source voltage. Check
with each source as the preferred source.
Ensure the sources are from two separate buses.
Set under voltage relay and time delay per manufacturers
instructions.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.36
GROUNDING SYSTEM
1.36.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
TEST DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Inspect the grounding system(s) for conformance with approved
design drawings and specification
Inspect the mechanical integrity and quality of all bolted and/or
thermite welded grounding joints and connection
Inspect and verify the size and type of conductors to conform with
standard requirements
Check that all metal part in the substation are grounded
1.36.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Electrical Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Measure the ground grid system resistance by the fall of potential
method
Measure the contact resistance at 100 A DC of all bolted and/or
thermite-welded joints at the grounding conductor between the
equipment to be grounded and the grounding mesh
Measure the electrical resistance between each major electrical
equipment grounding points, grounded neutral points and the
substation main grounding system by the milli volt drop method
Step and touch voltage measurement
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.37
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check labeling and marking according to the approved drawings.
Check tightness of bolts on direct drive and base-mounted equipment.
Check oil level and leakage and air compressor main components, air
receiver tank design and specification.
Check hour meter, safety relief valve, pressure switch and gauges.
Check air lines piping according to the approved materials.
Check that the exposed airlines protected against rupture damage.
Check that all piping runs parallel to flooring or walls and is clamped
properly by u-bolts or metal clamps supported on at least 6 foot
intervals or less.
Check that all piping has sufficient spacing so that each line can be
accessed without disturbing the rest of the piping.
Check that all pipes are supported on steel benches on the floor of the
trench.
Check that all piping fitting connections to be used shall be flare cup
type nuts with sleeve.
Check that air compressors are fitted with:
a. Automatic drain valve.
b. Manual drain valve.
c. Pressure relief valve.
d. Oil level sight glass.
Check that the receiver tank provided with inlet and outlet stop
valves, manual drain valve, pressure relief valve and pressure gauge.
1.37.2
REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
Check that the motor for air compressor designed for operation on 220
V, 3 phase 60 Hz including magnetic contactors, relays and
accessories.
2.
Check that circuit breaker, isolating switch wires and conduit sizes are
suitable for load requirement of the system.
3.
Check that all wiring shall be in rigid steel conduit, wire ducts or
flexible conduit; wires shall be standard type THW and color coded.
4.
Check that all wiring splices shall be made with wire connector or
terminal bed connectors of approved type and insulated with two layers
of rubber, covered with friction tape to protect the rubber.
5.
Check that main control panel is equipped with indication lamps,
change over switch, hour meter.
6.
Check interlock against overload operation, single phasing of power
supply, continuous operation not attended for 1-hour.
7.
Check low pressure alarm, high pressure alarm, compressor faulty
alarm.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.38
HVAC Systems
1.38.1
DESCRIPTION
DONE
ITEM
1.
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2.
Check labeling and marking is according to the drawings.
3.
Check tightness of bolts on direct drive and base-mounted
equipment.
4.
Check for adequate access to the equipment.
5.
Check that ducts exposed to weather are properly insulated and
wrapped with weather proofing materials, e.g., wrapped with
aluminum sheet.
6.
Check that the space clearance around the duct shall be properly
sealed to prevent the passage of rain water or any other foreign
matter.
7.
Check that all panels such as control panel, compressor panel and
motor blower panels shall be provided with left and right handles.
8.
Check that air conditioning essential components, electrical controls,
breaker, etc., is properly labeled or marked.
9.
Check that all exposed refrigerant suction lines are properly insulated
and wrapped with aluminum sheet and suitably protected from
rupture damage.
10. Check that the exposed refrigerant liquid line is painted with liquid
refrigerant gas color code paint and fitted with liquid sight glass,
solenoid valves expansion valves and strainer if required.
11. If semi-hermetic reciprocating compressor with nominal cap of 20
tons and above is used, check that the size of receiver tank is able to
contain all refrigerant charged into the system plus 20% excess
volume for gas expansion.
12. Check that receiver is provided with inlet and outlet shut off valves,
relief valves, purge cock, liquid level sight glass and oil drain.
13. Check that the refrigerant compressor is a sealed hermetic type or
semi-hermetic reciprocating type.
14. Check that the compressor is provided with the following:
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
b.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Suction, discharge and oil pressure gauges.
Crank case heater.
Oil pressure protective switch to stop compressor operation
in case of lubrication failure.
f.
High and low pressure cut-out manual reset.
g. Suction line strainer with service valves.
Check that thermostat control with temperature indicator is provided
and suitable to operate the system automatically.
Check that the thermostat is equipped with independent switch to
operate the air supply fan continuously if required.
Check that the thermostat control is protected by a clear plastic
transparent guard cover with standard lock and key.
Check that the belt driven blower and fan motors are protected by a
belt guard cover.
Check that the air filters are easily removable from unit and
washable type and check that the frame is 18 gauge galvanized iron
with welded or screw type corners.
REMARKS
c.
d.
e.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
1.38.2
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1.
Check rating of all motors, magnetic contactors, relays and
accessories is 220 V, 3-phase, 60 Hz.
2.
Check all wiring is in rigid steel conduit, is standard type THW and
color coded.
3.
Check that the size of all wires and circuit breakers are suitable for
requirement of the system.
4.
Check that all wires splices are made with wire connectors of
approval type or soldered and insulated with two layers of rubber and
friction tape. Wire splices shall be avoided as much as possible
5.
Check interlock to stop the compressor when:
a. Condenser blower motor fails.
b. Air handling unit (AHU) blower motor fails.
c. Suction and discharge operating pressure exceeds
predetermined level.
d. Overload operation of compressor.
e. Low and high voltage in the power supply.
f. Single phase of power supply.
g. Compressor lubrication fails.
h. When desired room temperature required is attained.
6.
Contractor shall perform the following tests prior to start
commissioning of the system:
a. Preliminary test.
b. Pressure test.
c. Leak test.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
d. Control test.
e. Operation test.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
7.
Measure compressor continuous line current and power supply
voltage. Note compressors discharge and suction pressure (PSIG).
8.
Check indoor fan and heater current.
9.
Functional check of the system.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
Check list
S/S Name/ No.:
Bay No.: ..
1.39
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Check nameplate for correctness
2. Check tightness of all bolted connections(torque wrench method
Check that all grounding is securely connected ,including star point
3.
neutral
4. Perform all specific checks per manufacturer instructions
5. Check proper operation of all auxiliary devices (if applicable)
1.39.2
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical Test
DESCRIPTION
Insulation resistance and Polarization Index(PI) test
Turns ratio all (taps) test
Polarity and vector relationship test
Winding resistance measurement (all taps)
Excitation current test (at nominal tap )
Back energization test (at rated voltage for 15 minutes)
Check the off load tap changer is set at the rated voltage tap
Functional test of all auxiliary devices (if applicable)
Control and protective circuits functional tests
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.40
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Check nameplate information for correctness
Check for damage to the body or the fuses
Check the interlock system
Check the level of insulation medium (SF6, Oiletc)
4.40.1
Electrical Test
ITEM
1. Phasing
DESCRIPTION
Insulation Resistance
3.
5.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
5kV for 1
minute
2.
4.
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.41
4.
DONE REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and
handling.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check for overall body deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
1.41.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Measure each individual capacitance.
Capacitance bank insulation test.
Capacitance bank measurement test.
Capacitance and dissipation factor measurement test.
Check individual insulation resistances.
Perform all specific tests per manufacturer's instructions.
Megger test phase to phase.
Capacitance bank neutral unbalance measurement.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.42
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DONE REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and
handling.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check for overall body deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications.
Check of foreign particles between the layers of the reactor coils.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check the quality of the paint for reactors.
Check of any insulation cracks.
Check for proper termination.
1.42.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition battery cells of the Test and Measurement
instruments.
Check main condition current path connection contact resistance.
Measure the insulation resistances of each phase to ground.
Measure the inductance of the harmonic filter inductors.
Temperature measurement at different joints after energization
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
1.43
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Get the sanction for test document.
Check the safety documents for entering the capacitor bank area.
Check the safety documents for entering the TCR area.
Check the safety document for touching the capacitor banks and
TCRs.
Check the anti-static instruction prior to handling the electronic
devices.
Never touch the components of electronic cards without anti-static
wrist strap.
Check your safety shoes, helmet, goggles and industrial uniform.
1.43.2
DONE
REMARKS
1.43.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check leakage.
Check deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for any damaged paint.
Check earthing switch.
Capacitor bushing tightness check.
Check for bushing cracks.
Check for proper termination.
Check CT locations physically.
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of test and measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Check individual insulation resistances.
Measure each individual capacitance.
Capacitance bank insulation test.
Capacitance bank measurement test.
Capacitance and Dissipation factor measurement test.
Insulation power factor (Doble) test 115 kV and above.
DONE REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
Perform all specific tests per manufacturers instructions.
Megger test phase to phase.
Capacitance bank neutral unbalance measurement.
Test the inductance of the harmonic filter inductors.
1.43.4
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check for overall body deformation.
Check tightness of the bolts according to specifications.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Check for any damaged paint.
Check of foreign particles between the layers of the reactor coils.
Check of any insulation cracks.
Check for proper termination.
Check CT locations physically.
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DONE REMARKS
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments
Check main current path connection contact resistance.
Temperature measurement at different joints after energization.
Check the insulation resistance.
Inductance measurement between different cores.
1.43.5
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1. Inspect for physical damage or defects for entire system.
2. Check nameplate information for correctness and installation of the
cooling network according to the drawings.
3. Check for the redundancy of the fluid circulating pumps in the cooling
system.
4. Check pressure holding test on the expansion vessel/reservoir.
5. Check the pressure release valve and its operation on the expansion
vessel/reservoir.
6. Check the availability of nitrogen regulating system on the expansion
tank and ensure no leakage.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
7. Check the Motor and pump for leveling and alignment.
8. Check tightness of all joints and couplings of the coolant circuit
(torque wrench method).
9. Check all pipe network and cooling system to stand test pressure and
operating pressure.
10. Check the unobstructed coolant circuits in all parallel paths.
11. Check the provision of control valve for inlet and outlet for all parallel
paths.
12. Check the provision of control valve for all equipment in the cooling
system for replacing or repairing without any interruption to the
cooling system.
13. Check the availability of pressure regulating valves at the outlet of the
pumps.
14. Check the availability of shut off valve at the inlet and outlet of the
pumps.
15. Check provision of replacing the pump while system is on line.
16. Check the provision of air bleeding valve at the top of all parallel paths
and at the ion exchanger/ deionizer.
17. Check the provision of leak-water collection (drainage) on the floors.
18. Check the provision to replace the resin while system is on line.
19. Check the provision to replace filters/strainer while system is on line.
20. Check the availability of the filters at the inlet and out let of the
deionizer.
21. Check the availability of the strainers at the outlet of the deionizer and
at the inlet of the valves with bypass circuit.
22. Check the availability of the control valves at the inlet and outlet of
each heat exchanger.
23. Ensure the outdoor piping network is stainless steel.
24. Ensure unobstructed ventilation for all heat exchangers.
25. Ensure the availability of vibration shocks for the all heat exchangers.
26. Check, calibrate and functional test of the all temperature gauges.
27. Check and calibrate all pressure gauges, flow switches, differential
pressure gauges and liquid level switches.
28. All the cooling system should be flushed over several hours, including
all branches, heat exchangers, deionizers, etc.
29. Verify no leakage in the cooling system.
30. Test the coolant for purity, proper percentage of anti freezing and anti
algae before filling the cooling system.
31. Check the rotation of pumps and cooling fans.
32. Run the pumps on and off repeatedly, until no more particles
accumulate in the filters.
33. Vibration check of cooling network.
34. Sound level check.
35. Check the auto operation of ion exchanger/bypass valves with the
conductivity meter (if applicable).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
b.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Check of condition of battery of the T&M instruments.
Visual check of electrical panel.
Insulation resistance test of motors.
Winding resistance measurement of motors.
Check the proper rating of the motor protection breakers and perform
the functional trip test by current injection, under voltage, and phase
reversal.
Verification of current, overload, thermal, under voltage, and phase
reversal settings of motor protection.
Check the operation of the pumps from local pump station PLC, and
SCADA. Ensure the alarm signal when pump is on local mode.
Record the power supply input voltage and phase rotation.
Record starting and running motor current.
Check the redundancy of auxiliary power supply and operate the
pumps one by one by both power sources.
Check the alarm and status by simulating the breaker open/ loss of
auxiliary power sources.
Verify overload trip time of all motors by artificial single phasing of all
three-phase motors.
Simulate the operation of pumps by loss of power, pump failure,
differential pressure and running hours' completion cycle and ensure
automatic changeover.
Ensure automatic changeover time is coordinated with loss of cooling
alarm time.
Verify start-up of standby pump on loss of supply to running pump and
record the time.
Check PLC of cooling system for measurement of pressure,
temperatures, Levels, resistively and status of pumps, heat exchanger
fans and valves.
Check to see that monitoring signals show correct values or correctly
indicate alarms.
Check the alarm/trip signal on loss of input voltage, pump failure, low
coolant level, high and low resistivity, pressure, fellow, and
temperature from all gauges, sensors and meters.
Check the cooling fans auto-changeover and auto operation by
temperature.
Check the cooling fans operation from Manual and Auto from PLC
control panel.
Check the cooling fans minimum run time, and on-off hysteresis.
Check the simulated operation of all electrical operated valves.
Ensure the full cooling capacity is available with one cooler failed or
out of service.
Display messages check for alarms and trips.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
25. Check PLC internal battery if present and note the date of replacement.
26. Check Automatic operation of de-ionizer by resistivity. Check the
conductivity measurement of the coolant to see that it drops below
alarm level when new water is circulated, if applicable.
27. Check the deionizer time for recovering the resistivity, if applicable.
28. Check the minimum activation time of deionizer, if applicable.
29. Ensure that liquid coolant is electrically grounded.
1.43.6
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that the connection does not transfer stress to the connection
terminal.
Check operation of the cooling fan.
Check that the filters for the cooling fan are not dirty.
All input and output cables are secure.
Fiber optics cables are secure without squeezing and without severe
bends.
All modules are properly labeled.
Check the panels are well ventilated with dust filter.
Check that the connection ports which are under use have dust covers
and all other unused ports should be sealed off.
Check that the connections ports are clearly and correctly identified.
Check that the ferrules are properly marked.
Card locations are clearly numbered.
Sequence event recorder panel check.
Annunciator panel check.
Check the labeling on thyristor towers.
Check of proper extractor tool.
Panel lighting is operating properly.
Check that the panel heaters are not installed.
Check that the terminals are furnished with isolator links.
Check that the wire terminals have banana sockets for the testing
purposes.
Check that all grounding cables are securely connected.
Verification against drawings and contract specification.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
b. Electrical Tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
DESCRIPTION
Check of Test and Measuring instruments calibration certificates.
Check of condition of battery cells of the T&M instruments.
Check of hardware.
Check of software.
Hardware jumpers check.
Micro console and PC with software check.
Check of user program loading.
Input and output operation check.
Test of light guides passing from controller to TCR towers.
Firing pulses tests to thyristors simulation.
Snubber circuit testing.
DC functional tests.
Complete wiring checking.
Cooling system alarm checks from controller.
All alarms and trips initiation checks.
Trouble shooting guide verification with initiation of alarms.
Check of disconnects and low voltage switchgear by control panel
operation.
Check of print-out on the printer and alarm on the annunciator.
Check of alarms and trips to controller, annunciator and to even
recorder.
Check of cooling system ready.
Check of temperature normal.
Check of SVC ready.
Check of alarms at controller due to alarms of the transformer.
Check of all controller cards.
Low voltage tests for SVC with different firing angles, i.e., B=0 to
B=90 (LIMAX=0 TO 1.0.
Stability test of differential protection thyristor bypass switch closed.
Emergency trip operation check.
SCADA point list testing.
Check of thyristor monitoring software operation.
Check of CB fail to close and fail to open alarm.
Controller over current protection level-1 tests, if applicable.
Controller over current protection level-2 tests, if applicable.
Secondary under voltage level 70% protection for immediate trip, if
applicable.
Primary under voltage 30% protection for 100 msec and no trip, if
more the system to trip, if applicable.
Primary under voltage 0.6 p.u. for more than 1 sec. CB trips.
Secondary under voltage 0.6 p.u., TCR blocks if more than 1 sec. then
CB trips.
UPS operation time to be checked if ac is off to the UPS.
UPS alarm and trip level tests.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
DESCRIPTION
Controller cards battery replacement date check.
Check of Remote communication with modem to SER.
Final trip tests.
Annunciator AC and DC supply MCB operation check.
Watch dog of SER check.
Operational check of thyristor bypass switch.
1.43.7
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
Inspect for physical damage or defects.
Check nameplate information for correctness.
Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check that the connection does not transfer stress to the connection
terminal
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Check of alarms from the SVC local panel, and remote alarm in the
control panel and corresponding alarm to the Control Center.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
SVC pre-energization check list.
Check the SVC energization list.
Confirm the final settings.
Operation division shall issue caution for energization process.
Check and follow the switching program.
Check that the operating division has issued a warning to the
contractor for the Energization, copy to the Control Center.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DONE REMARKS
Electrical Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Check of Test and Measuring instruments calibration certificates.
1.43.8
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
7.
Final NPS settings shall be issued to the Control Center, Protection
and Test and to 132/380 kV Projects Division.
8.
Re-check and confirm final settings, except the settings of TCR
temperature, pressure, flow and VarMach.
9.
Check, clean and lock transformer area.
10. Check, clean and lock disconnect room.
11. Check, clean and lock filter area.
12. Check, clean and lock TCR area.
13. Remove the firing optical fibers connected to the thyristor valves,
so that the thyristor valves are tested without conduction. Red
fibers only (16x3=48).
14. Check HV CB grounding switch opened from GIS.
15. Check bus isolator closed from control room.
16. Send close command to HV CB.
17. Check the indication on SER for CB closed.
18. Verify the synchronism by indication pulses generated from the
TCU (thyristor control unit).
19. Open the CB and close with H5h harmonic filter.
20. Check the bus voltage before and after the CB close and calculate
short circuit power of the network.
21. Record measurements on the mimic panel, and MVAR meter
should read 20 MVAR to confirm that the filter H5 is rated for -20
MVAR (-ve for capacitance).
22. Close the CB with filter H7 and take the similar measured above,
but this time the load is 10 MVAR.
23. Open the CB.
24. Return the firing optical connections back to thyristors.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
34. Vary the voltage reference from mimic panel and check the MVAR
and alarm svc reached max capacity.
35. Check and record all the currents in protection relay panels.
36.
37.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
38.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
TCSP105R01/TMA
97
98
99
100
103
105
106
107
108
111
112
113
114
118
119
120
122
123
124
126
127
128
129
130
131
133
134
135
137
139
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Guidelines for Testing Digital& numerical Protection & control Relays and IEDs
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Digital Protection relays with multiple possible configurations or
multiple enable-able protection elements are to be tested as per
their protection use in the scheme.
Devices that have multiple standards of characteristics to be tested
as per SEC used standards (example IEC standard curves for
Over-Current Time Inverse characteristics)
Proper configuration of local (and remote) CT / VT ratios
especially for distributed differential arrangements
Proper configuration of CT type (Protection, Metering) and
accuracy class for IEDs to assure the correct current
Ref IEC
representation for sampled values
61850-5 ,
(Sample Resolution: bits per sample
Clause 13.7.4
& Sample Frequency: samples per second)
CT Saturation or CT open secondary supervision in each bay unit
of distributed differential arrangements with proper latching
alarms and trip blocking logic
<10ms delay
time for
sampled
values
Communication channel test (one way total communication delay
<1ms delay
time, bit error rate)
time for trip
commands
Ref IEC
61850-5 ,
Table B.5
Continuous supervision of communication channel with associated
panel alarm and remote alarm and trip blocking
Any Internal Relay Fail (IRF) or Software supervision watchdog
contacts or DC supply failure contacts available on the relay to be
incorporated in the substation alarm scheme.
When a relay is placed in loop-back mode or a self test state and is
not responsive for to live CT / VT inputs, it should have a local
indication in the relay / control panel as well as a latching remote
alarm indicating that the protection is out of service.
GPS Time lock and synchronization test at time master
Ref IEC
Verify Substation master clock distribution to slave devices ,
61850-10,
Check that report/logging timestamp accuracy matches the
Clause
documented timestamp quality of the server
6.2.4.16.1
Ref IEC
61850-10,
Verify that the event time synchronization communication lost is
Clause
detected after a specified period
6.2.4.16.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
DESCRIPTION
IP addressing assigned as per SEC standards and clear IP address
labels on the front of every Relay / IED
Verify use of non-volatile memory or internal battery for
continuous storage of protection settings and relay configurations
even with total DC failure.
Verify that the final configuration of the relay is fixed and not
accessible without proper software or authorization.
DONE
REMARKS
Configuration
should be
signed from
manufacturer.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
22.
23.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
approved base design document. Eventually the system contains
an interlocking override function which has to be checked by
the certain instance (e.g. UBC or SAS.)
Checking of close blocking by lock out relay.
Checking of synchrocheck function
REMARKS
REMARK:
SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM procedures must be submitted from
suppliers at least 6 months before starting commissioning for study by SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.4
Auxiliary Relays
Auto Reset Auxiliary Relays (Auto Reset, Hand Reset, Electrically Reset, BiStable, Trip Lockout Relay (86) & Trip Auto Reset Relay (94)
2.4.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag
is free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that
2.
the reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect
to the relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4.
Check armature gap.
5.
Check Lockout mechanism.
6.
Check Reset mechanism.
2.4.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
21.
DESCRIPTION
Check the reset ratio ( reset ratio = drop off / pick up)
22.
23.
Perform the functional test of the relay for which it is being used.
24.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.5
Timers (62)
2.5.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
2.5.2
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
DONE
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Electrical Tests
Ensure correct values of external resistors (where applicable) and
2.
check these are wired to the correct relay terminals.
3. Check Pick-up and Drop-off Voltage.
4. Check current at Pick-up\ drop-off voltage.
5. Check the contact operating time pickup\ drop-off Test.
6. Check the burden at rated voltage.
7. Check Timing at different points setting.
Check that trip indicator operates correctly and can be reset using
8. reset mechanism. For versions fitted with LEDs trip indicator check
proper operation of LEDs.
9. Check that contact operate by doing continuity check.
Check that necessary trip and alarm circuits are energized according
10. to relevant Schematic diagram by operating the relay with trip and
alarm links restored.
11. Timer range to match drawing
2.5.3
DONE
As per 5.3
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.6
2.6.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
Ensure the correct values of external resistors (where appropriate)
2.
are wired to the correct relay terminals.
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is
free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the
3.
reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the
relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
4.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
5.
Check Current Supervision feature in Under Voltage relay.
2.6.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2.6.3
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
If applicable.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Testing the Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Final Trip Test
As per 5.11
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.7
ITEM
1
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
2.7.2
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
DONE
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
PAGE NO. 109 OF 191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.8
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag
is free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that
2.
the reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect
to the relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4.
Check armature gap.
5.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
b. Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
Check Protective fuse rating.
Ensure correct values of external resistors (where applicable)
and wired to the correct relay terminals.
Check the continuity of the contacts.
Check the resistance of all output contacts.
Check pickup Voltage / Drop off voltage and measure
current.
Check power consumption when the relay is energized.
Check Relay Coil Resistance.
Initiate Alarm by removing fuse.
Check Nominal contact voltage AC/DC.
Check for visual indication for power supply, pickup and reset.
2.8.2
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag
is free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that
2.
the reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect
to the relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
3.
4.
Check armature gap.
5.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
b. Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Check that rating of the relay agree with the Auxiliary Supply to
2.
which it is connected.
3.
Check that DC Supplies are wired with the correct polarity.
4.
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
5.
Check Protective fuse rating.
Ensure correct values of external resistors (where applicable) and
6.
wired to the correct relay terminals.
7.
Check the continuity of the contacts.
8.
Check the resistance of all output contacts.
Check pickup / Drop off for both voltage and current of the
9.
operating coil.
10.
Check power consumption when the relay is energized.
11.
Check operating Coil Resistance.
Check voltage across relay coil when circuit breaker is open and
12.
closed.
Check voltage across external resistors (where applicable) when
13.
circuit breaker is open and closed.
With the circuit breaker closed apply a temporary Short circuit
14.
across each of the external resistors (where applicable) of the trip
circuit. Ensure the C.B. does not trip.
15.
Initiate Alarm by removing fuse.
16.
Check Nominal contact voltage AC/DC.
17.
Check for visual indication for power supply, pickup and reset.
2.8.3
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is
free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the
2.
reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the
relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
3.
4.
Check armature gap.
5.
Check for proper operation of LEDs.
b.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Electrical Tests
As per 4.2
Check that rating of the relay agree with the Auxiliary Supply to
2.
which it is connected.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
3.
Check that DC Supplies are wired with the correct polarity.
4.
Measure Trip Supply and Alarm Supply.
5.
Check Protective fuse rating.
Ensure correct values of external resistors (where applicable) and
6.
wired to the correct relay terminals.
7.
Check the continuity of the contacts.
8.
Check the resistance of all output contacts.
With the C.B. Open Check pickup / Drop off for both voltage and
9.
current of Operating coil-1.
With the C.B. closed Check pickup / Drop off for both voltage and
10.
current of Operating coil-2.
11.
Check power consumption when the relay is energized.
12.
Check operating Coil Resistance.
Check voltage across relay coil when circuit breaker is open and
13.
closed.
Check voltage across external resistors (where applicable) when
14.
circuit breaker is open and closed.
With the circuit breaker closed apply a temporary Short circuit
15.
across each of the external resistors (where applicable) of the trip
circuit. Ensure the C.B. does not trip.
16.
Initiate Alarm by removing fuse.
17.
Check Nominal contact voltage AC/DC.
18.
Check for visual indication for power supply, pickup and reset.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.9
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
On Units fitted with hand reset flag indicators, check that the flag is
free to fall before, or just, any contacts closes. Make sure that the
2.
reset mechanism in the cover is correctly located with respect to the
relay element and the flag (or mechanism) can be reset.
3.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
4.
Check armature gap.
2.9.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.10
Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) Over-Current & earth fault protection relay
2.10.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
2.10.2
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3
if
applicable
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
2.
DONE
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.11
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
2.
Indications checked
2.11.2
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Measurements
a. pick up (PU)
b. drop out (DO)
c. ratio DO/PU %
Check CBF for mechanical protection initiate low current mode in
the relay if applicable
Check relay operating time for all re-trip stages
Check relay setting
PLUG TAP x MULTIPLIER
Check annunciation LEDs
Check annunciation contacts
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
If applicable
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.12
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
Indications checked
CT Supervision indication and flags should be latching
CT ratios, CT Matching for all CTs in the same zone or use of
correct matching CTs and CT grouping per protection zone.
b.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3
if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. Final Trip Test
4. On Load Test
2.12.2
b.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
DONE
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
2. Indications checked
REMARKS
As per 5.7
As per 5.11
As per
5.23.6
DONE
Measurements
a. Measuring at every Bay Unit (BU).
b. Measuring Idif and Istab Check Zone (CZ) at Central Unit
(CU).
c. Take the reading of Idif and Istab of Bus Zone (BZ) and CZ
Form the testing equipment
Bus bar protection diff. current alarm test (at many setting values
and final setting)
Measure the pickup
Measure the drop off
Measure the time
Check the relay LED
Bus bar protection diff. current
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
5.2
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Check zone
Measure Idiff and Istab
Calculate K = Idiff / Istab
( or according to relay manual)
Breaker failure protection test (if it is included in BBP relay)
Measure pickup current (for all phases)
Measure drop off current (for all phases)
Measure time stage 1
Measure time stage 2
Check relay LED's
Note that: CBF. Stg.-1 trip is related to the local feeder (bay unit).
CBF. Stg.-2 trip is related to the bus zone of that feeder
(bay unit).
Breaker failure protection special test
CB faulty
Low current mode
End fault protection
Testing function
Measure time of CB faulty (ms)
Measure time of I < (ms)
Measure time of End fault (ms)
Check the relay LEDs
Diff. current super vision function checked
a) Check Blocking during fault.
b) Check Blocking till release
c) Check Alarm without blocking
Isolator supervision function checked
a) Check Blocking during fault.
b) Check Blocking till release
c) Check Alarm without blocking
d) Blocking till acknowledge
All LED's checked
All binary input checked
All command relay checked
All signal relay checked
All bay unit checked
a ) check DC Fail ( for both setting old status and close )
b ) check Comm. Fail ( for all Bays )
c ) check Out Of Service according to scheme according to relay
features availability and its manual)
d ) check Maintenance (for all Bays)
Fault recorder checked
BF inter-trip with BB fault
Check the commissioning of the used Auxiliary contacts of
breakers and Isolators are in line with Manufacture
recommendation
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Check the close command is terminated for all bays which take
7.15
breaker status in account
7.16 Check power supply
c.
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation
of external and internal faults
3.
Function Test & Scheme Check
4.
Final Trip Test
5.
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.12
As per 5.7
As per 5.11
As per 5.23.6
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.13
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
Visual inspection of protective cover /
2.
shroud with high voltage caution label
2.13.2
DONE
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
On Load TEST
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical test
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
Check the characteristics of the Metrosil
2.13.3
DONE
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.23.6 (BB),
5.23.5 (REF)
(measure metrosil
current during on load
stability)
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.14
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
2.14.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1
General Electrical Tests
2
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.15
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
CT shorting checked
Indications checked
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
2.15.2
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
3
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5
6
7
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.1.1
7.1.1.2
7.1.1.3
7.1.1.4
7.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.4
7.5
8
9
9.1
9.2
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
Electrical tests
ITEM
DONE
Measurement checking:
Secondary & primary values of V, I, angle, P& Q for all phases.
Relay configuration should be approved and signed by
manufacturer & PED.
Distance protection pick up threshold
Check Phase fault current threshold detection (for all phases)
Check Earth fault current Thresholds
Check zero sequence voltage Threshold check
Check Dead line detection
Check all Zones reaches & Time Testing for all phases and all
types of faults.
Distance directionality check
Distance Tele-protection scheme
Check POTT
Check Weak in-feed FUNCTION
Check Echo only
Check Echo and trip
Check under voltage pick up for local trip
Check Current Reversal Logic
( with POTT Scheme)
Check Permissive Under Reach ( PUTT )
(Z1 extension Acceleration)
Check Blocking Scheme
Check Current Reversal Logic
( with Blocking Scheme)
Check Unblocking Scheme
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
Check Power Swing function
Check Switch On to Fault SOTF
Check SOTF associated with distance protection
Check SOTF associated with back up over current
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
9.3
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
11
12
13
13.1
13.2
14
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per 5.17
As per 5.23.3
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.16
ITEM
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
CT shorting check
2.16.2
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
2.16.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
6.
DONE
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per
5.23.3
PAGE NO. 124 OF 191
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.17
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
Check relay applied configuration according to approved
configuration and to schematic drawing.
Adjust relay time setting as instantaneous zero seconds. Adjust the
tester direction angle as forward direction. Check Pick-up & Drop
off Values of the Current and voltage, for all phases and select type
of fault for testing.
Check test results for operating pick up values according to
simulated fault types as the following:Single phase to earth fault: the injected current at which the
protection will operate = 3 expected setting pick up current value.
Phase to phase fault: the injected current at which the protection will
operate = 3 (expected setting pick up current value).
3 phase fault the relay will not operate
Check the directional operating characteristic angle by injecting
suitable value of voltage and 1.5 of operating pick up value of
. Check test results and to 360current and start from angle =0
characteristic for determination operating and blocking areas.
Check the VT MCB trip will block the directional element.
Check blocking voltage for directionality.
Check Led's for MCB /VT failure or fuse failure
Check led's for faulted phase identification /phase selection
2.17.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.18
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
2.18.2
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6.2
3.7
4
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
5.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Electrical test
ITEM
3.6.1
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Current transformer supervision test procedure:
a. Simulate CTS state at local relay by inject ve sequence
current.
b. Increase currents gradually till reach the setting.
c. Check the block state of the relay and measure the block
time.
d. Check the restrain state of the relay.
e. Check the alarms appear at the relay at local & remote ends.
f. Check the value of the relay operates (Is1CTS).
g. Simulate CTS, then decrease currents gradually till the relay
reset CTS state
h. Check the value of relay operates.
Repeat the above steps for remote end
Check Back Up Over Current Protection
Check there is +ve can be send from test socket while test plug
inserting to block the relay in order to prevent wrong operation.
2.18.3
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
As per 4.12
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and
internal faults
3.
Function Test & Scheme Check
4.
Final Trip Test
5.
End to End test
6.
DONE
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per
5.17&
5.18
As per
5.23.2
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.19
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
2.19.2
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical test
ITEM
1.
DONE
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.20
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
CT ratios, and matching CT selection is correct for TX type (Star
2.
or Delta) and for Vector Group
2.20.2
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal
faults
3. Function Test & Scheme Check
4. Final Trip Test
5.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
DONE
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per
5.15
As per 5.4
As per
5.11
As per
5.23.4
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.21
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
2.21.2
2.
3.
4.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
DONE
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
Check Pick-up \ drop-off voltage and corresponding current by
injecting voltage for all available adjustable settings.
Non linear resistor (NLR) characteristic test.
Ensure that the error percentage between set value and actual value
within the acceptable limit.
2.21.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Stability & Sensitivity Test by simulation of external and internal
faults
3.
Function Test & Scheme Check
4.
Final Trip Test
5.
On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per 5.16
As per 5.4
As per 5.11
As per
5.23.5
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.22
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
2.22.2
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
ITEM
2.
(81/81R)
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Check f>, f< Pick up & drop off for all stages and for selected
various adjusting setting values.
Check f>>, f<< Pick up & drop off for all stages and for selected
various adjusting setting values.
Check time settings for all stages and for all frequency functions (
f<, f>, f>>&f<<)
Check frequency rate of change for all stages.df/dt
Check Blocking pickup and reset for Under voltage condition.
Check applied voltage with measured voltage on relay display
screen if applicable (for digital relays).
2.22.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.6
As per
5.11
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.23
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
2.23.2
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
2.23.3
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
3. On Load Test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.5
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.24
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1. General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Check the DFR name plate information for compliance to approved
2.
drawings and equipment/ material list.
3. Check the printer, PC work station, and monitor if available.
2.24.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
b. Fault / Disturbance Record
10. Check availability of spare channels for future extensions.
2.24.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
3.
Final Trip Test
4.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per
5.18, 5.17
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.25
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
Check the Sequence Of Event recorder name plate information for
2.
compliance to approved drawings and equipment/ material list.
3. Check the printer, PC work station, and monitor if available.
2.25.2
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
TCSP105R01/TMA
As per 5.3
As per 5.11
As per
5.18, 5.17
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.26
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Tests
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.2
& 4.3 if
applicable
Check the Lamp Test and confirm that all indications are lighted up.
Check all applied settings are according to approved settings in
schematic drawings.
Test all the alarms and check silence, acknowledge and reset
functions.
a. Alarm indication lamp flashes on receipt of alarm.
b. Pressing Acknowledge does not reset the alarm.
c. Alarm does not reset until Reset is pressed.
Check annunciator regulated alarm output voltage.
Check dual supply operation by disabling primary and back-up
supplies one at a time, and check relay indication for supply
healthy/fail.
Confirm the annunciator failure alarm to SCADA.
2.26.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
Related Tests
DESCRIPTION
Final Setting as per approved setting
Function Test & Scheme Check
Final Trip Test
End to End test
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.10
As per 5.11
As per
5.17, 5.18
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.27
Transducers
2.27.1
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General visual inspection
2.27.2
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Electrical Tests
Verify that the transducer output range is compatible with the
2.
RTU input setting.
WATT TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
Check the Input Watt and output Ratio error at Different Current
1.
and Voltage levels.
Check the Input Watt and output Ratio error at Different Power
2.
Factor values and Angles.
VAR TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
1.
Check the Input VAR and output Ratio error at Different VARs.
Check the Input VAR and output Ratio error at Different Power
2.
Factor values and Angles.
VOLTAGE TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with voltage at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
Check the Input and output Ratio error at Different Voltage
1.
Values.
CURRENT TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
Check the Input and output Ratio error at Different Current
1.
Values.
FREQUENCY TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with voltage with varying the frequency at 20, 50, 75&100% rating.
Check the Input Frequency and output Ratio error at Different
1.
Frequency Values.
2.
Check input signal proportional to the output dc signal Test.
Check the connections according to manufacturer's standard
3.
connection procedure
WATT-HOURS TRANSDUCER
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
For a duration of 15 minutes minimum.
1.
Check the accuracy of watt-hour Meter.
2.
Check the polarity of the potential transformer.
3.
Check the polarity of the current transformer.
Check the connection of the potential and current circuit base on
4.
manufacturers standard procedure.
VAR-HOUR TRANSDUCER
Inject the transducer with current and voltage at 20,50,75&100% rating varying the injection angle
from 0,90,180,270
For a duration of 15 minutes minimum.
1.
Check the accuracy of VAR-hour Meter
2.
Check the polarity of the potential transformer
3.
Check the polarity of the current transformer
Check the connection of the potential and current circuit base on
4.
manufacturers standard procedure
2.27.3
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.28
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Check the communication channels like Profibus, Modbus, and
2.
Ethernet etc are working.
2.28.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
b.
DESCRIPTION
breaker will closed accordingly (13.8 kV three
transformers and two bus section circuit breakers).
Check all alarms, command and back indication of the
scheme to SCADA.
2.28.3
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
Final Setting as per approved setting
2.
Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
As per 5.8
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.29
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. General Visual Inspection
Check the communication channels like Profibus, Modbus, and
2.
Ethernet etc are working.
2.29.2
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3 if
applicable
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
General Electrical Test
1.
Check that rating of the PLC of ACCS agrees with the Auxiliary
Supply to which it is connected.
Manufacturer should be submitted ACCS configuration to SEC and
3.
approved.
Check PLC applied configuration according to approved configuration,
4.
schematic drawing and operation requirement.
Check the Schematic diagram for ACCS Schemes according to single
5.
line diagram and protection requirement.
Ensure that all ACCS setting can be changed from HMI of ACCS and
6.
the setting saved without changed if DC supply is switched off.
7. Perform PLC self-test procedure and external communications checks.
Ensure that the ACCS mimic diagram for panel and HMI are matching
8. with actual switch gear panels and single line diagram of approved
drawings.
Check all PLC binary inputs and PLC outputs, INDICATION LEDs,
alarm indication messages on HMI, event & fault recorder and
9.
Annunciation. All checking should be according to schematic drawing
to check breakers status, several conditions and expected actions.
Check Automatic switching ON and OFF of the capacitor banks shall
10. be based on 1- Reactive Power measurement 2- Voltage measurement
on respective busses 3- Power Factor
Check and measure setting of Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Leading
power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR. And Verify For ACCS
Secondary injection measurements by Injected Voltage and current and
11.
ensure that the error percentage between HMI reading and injected
value for Voltage and reactive power and power factor with in the
acceptable limit.
Check all interlock circuit and elapse times for capacitor are as per
12.
approved drawing and ACCS configuration and settings
2.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
13.
DESCRIPTION
Checking of the ACCS SCHEME:
Check status of all related circuit breakers, devises, equipments and
protective relays for each case.
Check LEDs, display messages and alarm annunciations settings for
each case.
Ensure that all interlock circuit for capacitor is as per approved
drawing and ACCS approved configuration.
Measure all time settings in PLC configuration for all cases.
2.29.3
REMARKS
Related Tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Final Setting as per approved setting
2. Function Test & Scheme Check
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.9
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.0
TCSP105R01/TMA
141
142
144
146
151
153
154
155
156
157
159
160
161
163
165
168
170
171
176
178
178
178
178
179
180
181
183
183
183
184
186
186
186
187
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Before testing
a. Approved commissioning copy schematic drawing shall be
pre-checked.
b. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be
completed and witnessed. All test results must be available
and signed.
c. Auxiliaries, timers, contactors, pulse units, annunciators,
MCBs etc.
d. All final settings applied as appropriate (timers, pulse units,
annunciators) shall be applied and witnessed.
20% of all auxiliary relays, timers, contactors, pulse units,
annunciators, MCBs etc, should be tested and witnessed.
Verify that each supply is wired point to point, with no
unsupervised branches. Supervision is checked by wire removal at
every point in the circuit to make sure the supervision flag drops.
Check that the ability to access to every equipment terminal is easy
Check DC source and DC loops (control, interlock & power supply)
according to the schematic drawings.
Check DC Segregation for opening / tripping circuit, closing circuit,
& alarm circuit.
Check AC and DC MCB's ratings grading.
Check the supply change over function.
Check AC source and AC loops.
Check the thermostat and the heaters.
Check the AC lamp,DC lamps and door switch and Check lamp
test for all equipment
Check AC socket.
Check the ferrules as per specification.
Check the labels.
Check DC supervision.
Check AC supervision.
Check the alarm signal to SCADA, Mosaic panel (control panel),
Alarm panel, Protection panel, fault recorder including equipment
fail and watchdog alarms.
All control, protection, metering and signaling equipment shall be
capable of satisfactory operation at an indoor ambient temperature
of 55C.
Check cable into control kiosk /cubicles/panels are properly sealed
or glanded and terminated on suitable terminals in kiosk.
Check panels earthing as per specification.
Check cables for proper shielding and grounding
Check proper Terminal Block arrangement and labeling:
a. Shorting & Isolating for CT circuits
b. Isolating for VT circuits
c. Solid Type for control circuits
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
d. Trip Isolation facilities where needed
e. Solid type with spring loaded for trip circuits
f. Knife type for alarms
Check that heat sources such as external resistors are covered with
suitable covers and far away from panel wiring.
Check that CT and VT circuits are facilitated with suitable covers
and caution labels for protection.
Ensure availability of proper test facility depending on the type of
protection or metering equipment:
Shorting test facility for current circuits
Isolating test facility for voltage circuits
Trip and Alarm isolation when relays are being tested
Check that caution labels and caution clauses in the schematic
drawing are included to prevent accidental on-load opening of CT
circuits.
Check the availability of proper panel lighting controlled by a door
switch and electrically connected to the emergency DC supply as
well.
Check Color coding of panel wiring as per relevant specification
Check that at least 10% spare cable cores are provided and
terminated at the terminal blocks farthest from the cable entry.
Check that percent (10%) spare terminals shall be provided on each
terminal block.
Check that ten percent (10%) spare alarm windows are available for
future modifications
Check that terminal blocks are grouped according to function, i.e.
Power Supplies (AC or DC), VT, CT, DC controls, annunciation,
SOE, SCADA etc. and shall be labeled accordingly. Terminal
blocks for different voltages (AC or DC), CT, PT shall be located
separated DIN rails.
Check that the physical wiring matches the schematic drawings and
that any difference between scheme and implementation or
correction in interface points is marked up in green and red ink.
Check wire rating, color coding, cross section, ferruling, trip
markers ('T') and DC supply markers ('+' , '-')
Protective shrouds on high voltage areas in the panel such as CT
terminal blocks with caution labels, protective shrouds on exposed
resistors for high impedance protection relays, protective shrouds
on metrosil's for REF etc
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.2
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for
2.
service, panel doors, handles...etc
3.
CT shorting checked
4.
Indications checked
5.
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
3.2.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1.
General Function Tests
As per 5.1
Check proper arrangement and labeling of all bays and
compartments in the mimic diagram on the LCC panel, and that
2.
these labels agree with the switchgear layout, the mimic panel in the
control room and the approved drawings.
Check proper labeling and arrangement of gas and hydraulic
3.
diagrams on the LCC panel.
If withdrawable circuit breakers are used for isolating purposes then
indication of circuit breaker service, test and withdrawable
4.
positions shall be provided on the panel and connected to SCADA
interface panel.
Check All panel alarms, initiated from the main source (contact of
5.
gauge, breaker...etc) to all destinations (control room , common
alarm panel, LCC Annunciator , SCADA)
Make sure that all mechanism compartments are easily accessible
6.
and properly arranged for future maintenance or inspection.
Check local (Switchgear mechanism compartment and LCC panel)
and remote (control room and SCADA back indication) equipment
7.
position indication of all switchgear, including half way position
indication at test and service positions according to approved
schematic drawings..
Check the flickering indication of DS/ES during moving including
8.
half way position indication at test and service positions according
to approved schematic drawings.
Operation
9.
Check the function of circuit breakers ( open close trip1 trip2)
Check CB Anti Pumping Function / Trip Free Function {at local
Local &
and remote position) and ( at test and service position)}
remote1
Step 1: Ensure Gas, Air and DC Supply is normal for the CB under
10.
test.
Step 2: Close the Breaker Electrically and Hold the Control Switch
in Switch in CLOSE position.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Step 3: Trip the Breaker by Externally extending the DC Supply
to Trip Circuit. (Not by any trip relays which is used for
close interlock)
Step 4:
Observe the Breaker to TRIP and remain in OPEN
position & does not close.
Step 5: Thus Anti Pumping function found working with the
above sequence.
Check CB Anti-Slam Function
Check the function of lock switch and emergency switch of each
component according to schematic drawing.
Check the function of the isolators and earth switches ( open
Local &
close)
remote
Check local and remote (from control room & SCADA) operation
of CB, DS, ES.
Check the all auxiliary contacts (52-a /52-b) of the circuit breaker
and the DS / ES
Check breaker closing/ tripping blocking e.g. for SF6 low stage 1/
stage 2
INTERLOCKING
Check that the interlocking schedules are approved and revised by
operation department.
Checks the interlock circuit compared with the approved drawing
and ensure also that there are interlock between mechanical and
electrical operation.
Check that the interlock circuit is normally blocking even with DC
failure.
In the design of the scheme continuously energized relays shall be
avoided as far as possible. It shall operate in a fail-safe mode by
ensuring that interlock release conditions are established only by
energizing a relay or relays.
Ensure that lockable switch is provided at each local control kiosk
to manually over-ride the interlocking for that switchgear bay.
Ensure that Manual operation of all earthing switches and
maintenance earthing devices is only possible under electrical
interlock release conditions.
Check operation blocking during half way position or disconnector
/ earth switch failure.
For withdraw-able circuit breakers check mechanical interlocking
between earth switches and breaker rack-in rack-out operation.
Check mechanical interlocking conditions as per approved interlock
diagram.
Check proper operation of de-interlocking selector switch and
ASSURE the lock ability of this selector if available.
Check CB Close block conditions for example permanent faults
(lockout operated) or GIS malfunction (insulation medium low).
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for
service, panel doors, handles...etc
CT shorting checked
Indications checked
Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked
3.3.2
ITEM
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.2 &
4.3
As per 5.1
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
9.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Verify that the mimic diagram and equipment labeling is correct and
matches the switchgear layout, the LCC panel, and the approved
drawings.
Verify that the indication in the mimic panel matches the indication
in the LCC panel and the actual position of CB/DS/ES is it open, closed, moving (flickering), or
middle position (flickering).
Availability and operation of lamp test switches
Local Remote Operation
REMARKS
Check that meters are available in the correct scales for the rating of
10. the equipment and that they have been tested and final set (for
digital equipment) correctly and are properly labeled.
Check availability of proper test facility for testing of panel meters,
this facility MUST have proper polarity wiring for accurate testing.
Synchronizing panel:
Verify the required conditions to connect the voltage transformers
of selected feeder to the Synchro-check system
Verify synchronizing interlock such as:
Following selection of synchronize operation on the feeder,
selection on any other feeders shall be prevented until the system
11. has reset.
MCB trip for the required P.T shall prevent synchronizing system
operation
Verify C.B closing with automatic synchronizing from local and
SCADA, also check manual synchronizing
Check the function of the bypass selector switch from SCADA and
local.
Check operation of indication & alarm lamps.
Check that alarm and also a visual indication shall appear on the
12.
substation central signaling system and the signal shall also be
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
wired with a potential free N.O. contact to the SCADA interface
cubicle for transmission to LDC.
Check that alarm system failure contacts initiates alarm to SCADA
Check that all substation support systems (communication
equipment, battery room MCB's, Battery chargers, Fire protection,
HVAC control paneletc) are incorporated in the substation
general alarm scheme.
Check that successful AC or DC automated bus transfer does not
initiate any AC or DC supply fail alarms (that AC and DC fail
alarms are non latching and that annunciator time setting is
compatible with ATS change over settings).
Check proper time and color setting for alarms (trip and non trip /
urgent and non-urgent) as per alarms specification.
Check zone selection for BB protection loop depending on isolator
position.
Bus bar trips and trip conditions (by simulation from the source
panel (bus bar panel)
3.3.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Digital Protection relays with multiple possible configurations or
multiple enable-able protection elements are to be tested as per
their protection use in the scheme.
Devices that have multiple standards of characteristics to be tested
as per SEC used standards (example IEEE standard curves for
Over-Current Time Inverse characteristics)
Proper configuration of local (and remote) CT / VT ratios
especially for distributed differential arrangements
Proper configuration of CT type (Protection, Metering) and
accuracy class for IEDs to assure the correct current representation
for sampled values
(Sample Resolution: bits per sample
& Sample Frequency: samples per second)
CT Saturation or CT open secondary supervision in each bay unit
of distributed differential arrangements with proper latching alarms
and trip blocking logic
Communication channel test (one way total communication delay
time, bit error rate)
Continuous supervision of communication channel with associated
panel alarm and remote alarm and trip blocking
Any Internal Relay Fail (IRF) or Software supervision watchdog
contacts or DC supply failure contacts available on the relay to be
incorporated in the substation alarm scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
DONE
DESCRIPTION
When a relay is placed in loop-back mode or a self test state and is
not responsive for to live CT / VT inputs, it should have a local
indication in the relay / control panel as well as a latching remote
alarm indicating that the protection is out of service.
GPS Time lock and synchronization test at time master
Verify Substation master clock distribution to slave devices , Check
that report/logging timestamp accuracy matches the documented
timestamp quality of the server
Verify that the event time synchronization communication lost is
detected after a specified period
IP addressing assigned as per SEC standards and clear IP address
labels on the front of every Relay / IED
Verify use of non-volatile memory or internal battery for
continuous storage of protection settings and relay configurations
even with total DC failure.
Verify that the final configuration of the relay is fixed and not
accessible without proper software or authorization.
Check Relay configuration and interface with PC.
Ensure that relay Disturbance Fault recorder & internal event
recorder are working properly.
Ensure that the error percentage between set values and actual
values within the acceptable limit For all tested settings and check
all error limits are included in test formats.
Any testing performed to digital or electronic equipment requires
the use of proper antistatic gear (anti-static mat, anti static wrist
guard) for anyone in contact with the equipment.
Mimic and single line diagram on the relay display has to be
checked according to approved single line diagram of SS
Control configuration and all functions of the relay have to be
checked according to approved schematic diagram and approved
configuration.
Interlocking logics have to checked and studied according to
approved scheme and conditions.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch positions. The
position indications are checked by local operation in the field and
the physical position of every device has to be compared with the
shown position on the local mimic, the displays of the relays and on
the SAS.
Check of all breaker, disconnector and earth switch commands. The
command have to be checked for the possible modes (Local,
Emergency & Remote). Local operation mode at the relay display
can be selected by selector button on the relay display. Every
switching devices has to be operated (open and close) in the local
mode. Remote mode at SAS at the relay display can be selected by
selector button on the relay display. Every switching devices has to
be operated (open and close) in the remote mode.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
The proper LED indication has to be checked.
The interlocking logic for local and remote operation can be either
checked from locally from relay display or remotely from SAS.
These conditions have to be checked according to the approved
base design document. Eventually the system contains an
interlocking override function which has to be checked by the
certain instance (e.g. Mimic, UBC or SAS. )
Checking of close blocking by lock out relay.
Checking of synchrocheck function.
Check of measurement.
Check of automatic voltage regulator.
Check of alarm panel.
REMARKS
Remark: Substation automation procedures must be submitted from suppliers at least 6 months
before starting commissioning for study by SEC.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.4
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
b.
1.
2.
B
1.
2.
C
1.
2.
D
1.
2.
3.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
Electrical tests
ITEM
A
DONE
DESCRIPTION
General checks
General Function Tests
Relay & Control Panel Function Tests
As per 5.1
As per 5.3
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.4.2
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
b.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Function Tests
Check the operation of Fans automatic, manual, local and remote
2.
positions.
Verify trip commands for transformer mechanical protection relays
3.
(Buchholz relay, Over Temperature protection, etc)
Check the supply changeover for fan motor circuit during:
4.
AC MCB trip
Main source failure (under-voltage condition)
Ensure that spare CT cores for bushing CT's and NER CT are wired
5.
to the GT-MK panel and shorted and earthed using proper
short/isolate facility
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.5
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
3.5.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
General Function Tests
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.6
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
3.6.2
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
Check the trip matrix of the frequency relay for each stage.
Check the trip matrix of the under-voltage relay for each stage (if
applicable)
Check the Voltage Change over Scheme.
3.
4.
DONE REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.7
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
General Visual Inspection
3.7.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
General Function Tests
DONE
REMARKS
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.8
Visual Inspection
ITEM
1.
DESCRIPTION
General Visual Inspection
3.8.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
Description
DONE
Remarks
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.9
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
1
General Visual Inspection
As per 4.1
Check current transformer circuits and voltage transformer circuit
2
are connected to the ACCS correctly as per approved drawing.
3.9.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DESCRIPTION
General Function Tests
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
15
16
17
18
19
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
voltage, current and power factor for each transformer, each case
and mode of operation should be simulated and verified according to
the setting.
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be
Simulated in each cases above at ON position and OFF position and
TEST position.
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be
Simulated in each cases above at LOCAL position and SCADA
position.
The Common operational mode like Over Voltage, Under Voltage,
Leading power factor, Under MVAR, Over MVAR should be
Simulated in each cases above at AUTO position and MANUAL
position.
Ensure that all interlock circuit and elapse times for capacitor are
worked properly as per approved drawing and ACCS configuration
and settings.
Checking of the ACCS SCHEME:
Check status of all related circuit breakers, devises, equipments and
protective relays for each simulation case.
Check LEDs, display messages and alarm annunciations for each
simulation case.
Simulate operation cases according to test format and record results.
Ensure that all interlock circuit for capacitor is worked properly as
per approved drawing and ACCS configuration.
Measure all time settings in PLC configuration for all above cases.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.10
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1.
General Visual Inspection
3.10.2
Electrical tests
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DONE REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
General Function Tests
DONE REMARKS
As per 5.1 ,
5.2
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.11
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1. Perform Tripping of Power Transformer Controlling Breakers
through test contact of Buchholz Relay, OLTC Protective
relay, Oil & Winding temperature protection.
2. Perform Tripping of Power Transformer Controlling Breakers
through each Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts
through secondary injection on the protection relays above the
final setting.
3. Perform Tripping of Shunt reactor Controlling Breakers
through test contact of Buchholz Relay, OLTC Protective
relay, Oil & Winding temperature protection.
4. Perform Tripping of Shunt reactor Controlling Breakers
through each Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts.
5. Perform Tripping of Capacitor Bank Controlling Breakers
through each Electrical Protection by closing tripping contacts.
6. Perform Tripping & Inter-Tripping of Controlling breakers of
Feeders/Transmission lines through each protection installed
by closing tripping contact through secondary injection on the
protection relays above the final setting.
7. Perform Tripping of Controlling Breakers of Bus Bar Schemes
through Bus Bar Differential Protection by closing tripping
contact of the relay through secondary injection on the
protection relays.
8. Perform Tripping & Inter Tripping for Breaker Failures
schemes through secondary injection on the CBF relay with
simulated initiation from the source contact on every protection
relay.
9. Perform Tripping of Bus Coupler/Sectionalizer by closing trip
contacts of the relays installed through secondary injection on
the protection relays.
10. Ensure that every protection operated (during secondary
injection trip test) initiates CBF scheme and check indication &
alarms.
11. Ensure that every protection trips through its desired trip circuit
independently by disabling the other trip circuit before
secondary injection.
12. Ensure that every protection operated (during secondary
injection trip test) initiates FR and check FR massage.
13. For OHL /UGC protection ensure that every protection
operated (during secondary injection trip test) initiates inter trip
sending relay and check indication & alarms.
14. For OHL protections ensure that fast trip protection start A/R
and delayed trip blocked A/R and check indication & alarms.
15. Ensure that both trip circuits are normalized at the end of the
trip test.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.12
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1. CAUTION: remove all VT's terminals from VT terminal block in
VT's boxes and separate all VT's terminals from VT loops. Assure
that all VT's impossible to be fed back from secondary sides.
2. Check that all voltage transformers were tested.
3. Check that VT loop test were done.
4. Check VT data and voltage rating, and check MCB's rating.
5.
a. Check VT's disconnectors opening alarms and their closing
condition in CB closing circuit.
b. Check that positions of MCB's which exactly supply the
synchronizing scheme are included in CB's closing
circuits.(according to scheme)
c. Check the line voltage loop by applying voltage from VT
secondary terminal block of all bays one by one according to
schematic drawing.
d. Measure voltage for all points in the loop. Check the switching
points of any switch included in the loop at the close and open
position. Check any relay contact included in the loop at the
close and open status. Measure line voltage and bus voltage at
synchronizing relays and read measurement values on relays
displays and assure that there is line voltage only. Measure line
and bus voltages at the synchronizing meters in synchronizing
panels and assure that there is line voltage only.
e. Check that the only selected feeder for check its
synchronization feeds line voltage to synchronizing meters
panel.
6. Check the voltage supervision of synchronizing loop by removing
voltage from all points one by one and check flag, indication, alarm,
else.
7.
a. Check VT's disconnectors opening alarms and their closing
condition in CB closing circuit.
b. Check that positions of MCB's which exactly supply the
synchronizing scheme are included in CB's closing
circuits.(according to scheme)
c. Check the bus voltage loop by applying voltage from VT
secondary terminal block of all buses one by one according to
schematic drawing. The status of bus coupler and bus section
must be considered and synchronizing condition dependent on
their positions must be studded and checked well.
d. Measure voltage for all points in the loop. Check the switching
points of any switch included in the loop at the close and open
position. Check any relay contact included in the loop at the
close and open status. Measure line voltage and bus voltage at
synchronizing relays and read measurement values on relays
displays and assure that there is bus voltage only. Measure line
and bus voltages at the synchronizing meters in synchronizing
panels and assure that there is
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.13
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
The following activities should be completed before start the bus bar
stability test
a. Secondary injection for bus bar protection relays
b. Final Settings Applied for the bus bar protection relays.
c. Function Tests and scheme check for Relay and Control Panels
(for proper command and indications).
d. Function Tests and scheme check in GIS (for proper operation
of the breaker)
e. Proper Operation of Bus-bar Protection and Circuit Breaker Fail
schemes
f. CT loop test, CT primary Injection & Single earthing point
checked.
g. Confirm that the single earthing point at the relay panel.
h. Confirm that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee
point nearly.
i. Check that all circuit breakers which needed to close loop are
closed according to single line diagram.
Caution: Check that any high impedance protection (ex. Transformer
REF protection) is shorted before primary injection on their CT Cores.
Caution: Any CT cores not related to bus-bar protection should be
shorted for safety.
Caution: During sensitivity test the CT supervision relay may
operate, the test plug should be putted in its test socket to prevent CT
shorting during the testing and measuring currents.
Caution: The injected current should not exceed the smallest turns
ratio CT.
Caution: Check that all safety precautions from electric hazard was
taken as surrounding the testing area by caution tap, etc.
Inject primary current (5% of rated current) and Measure currents and
their angles in BBP current circuit of the two bays which is under test
(in LCC, BBP discrimination zone panels according to BB
disconnector which is connected & check zone panel). Compare
between currents and angles values to achieve stability. Measure the
voltage across (CT supervision relays differential relays resistors
metrosil) for high impedance BBP or check measurement readings for
low impedance digital relays.
Check stabilizing current Is and differential current Id values in digital
differential relays Differential current Id should be zero.
For sensitivity test, reverse the CT polarity of one bay and measure
currents & their angles in BBP current circuit of the two bays which is
under test (in LCC, BBP discrimination zone panels according to BB
disconnector which is connected & check zone panel). Before
injecting the current the cautions must be considered. Measure the
voltage across (CT supervision relays differential relays resistors
metrosil) for high impedance BBP. Check the proper bus bar zone
which shall be operated
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
For sensitivity test, reverse the CT polarity and check stabilizing
current Is and differential current Id values in digital relays. Check the
proper bus bar zone which shall be operated.
Repeat the previous steps with another bus bar disconnector is closed
for reference and test feeders
Repeat the previous steps with load transfer and keeping the two bus
bar disconnectors are closed as a preference condition and check
which BB zone shall operate.
Repeat the above steps for all phases.
Normalize all CT circuits after the completion of the sensitivity test.
Repeat the test for all feeders (holding one feeder as a reference for
each test)
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.14
Visual Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
1. General Visual Inspection
The CT loop test, CT primary Injection & Single earthing point
2. checked activities should be completed before start the stuck
breaker stability & sensitivity test.
Verify that CT ratios for all CTs used in the current summation
3.
scheme are matching for proper operation of the relay.
Check for proper shorting facility after the summation point of
4.
all CTs
Check that the acceptance test and final setting for this relay
5. have already been completed with satisfactory results. Check
that all CT's were tested.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee
6.
point nearly.
Check the time grading of operation between the feeder
7. O/C+E/F relays, the stuck breaker protection, and the
transformer incomer LV O/C +E/F relays.
8. Verify proper application of single earthing point in relay panel
3.14.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
REMARKS
As per 4.1
Electrical tests
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
General Function Tests
As per 5.1
Caution: Check that any high impedance protection (ex.
Transformer REF protection) is shorted before primary
injection on their CT Cores.
Caution: Any CT cores not related to stuck breaker protection
should be shorted for safety.
All associated circuit breakers should be closed in service
position.
You may have to test each protection element (O/C or E/F)
independently depending on the setup of primary injection.
Stability through simulation of external fault:
Starting with a small primary current (5% of rated current).
Inject primary current on the Bus-bar through a path energizing
two of the CTs used in the stuck breaker scheme and
simulating an external fault.
Verify with a clamp ammeter or a phase angle meter that the
CT secondary currents are correct depending on CT ratio.
Verify with a clamp ammeter that the summation current of
both CT secondary circuits is 0mA.
Verify the reading on the relay for 0A primary current.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Increase the current injection gradually until you exceed the
setting of the relay, the relay should not operate and the current
summation readings shall remain 0mA.
Repeat the stability test for other phases
Using once of the CTs used in the previous test as a reference,
repeat the stability test for other CTs by changing the path of
primary injection to energize those CTs and taking the stability
measurements to verify the CT polarity, secondary ratio and
secondary wiring is correct.
Sensitivity test through simulation of internal fault:
Choosing one CT as a reference (incomer or bus-section),
reverse the polarity of the other CT (bus-section or incomer
respectively), using external jumpers of suitable current rating
and the isolating facility of the short-isolate terminal block for
that CT.
Starting with a small primary current < 50A.
Inject primary current on the Bus-bar through a path energizing
two of the CTs used in the stuck breaker scheme and
simulating an external fault.
Verify with a clamp ammeter or a phase angle meter that the
CT secondary currents are correct depending on CT ratio.
Verify with a clamp ammeter that the summation current of
both CT secondary circuits is double the secondary current of
each individual CT and that the summation is correct.
Verify the reading on the relay for 100A primary current (or
double the injected primary current).
Increase the current injection gradually until you exceed 50% of
the setting of the relay, summation readings shall increase
gradually until the relay picks up.
Once the relay picks up, stop increasing the primary injection
and record the exact pickup current of the relay in primary and
secondary currents.
After the preset time delay the relay should operate.
Ensure the operation of all trip / lockout relays.
Ensure the tripping of all associated circuit breakers.
Ensure the proper initiation of panel indication or alarms as per
the scheme.
Repeat the sensitivity test for other phases.
Using once of the CTs used in the previous test as a reference,
repeat the sensitivity test for other CTs by changing the path of
primary injection to energize those CTs and taking the stability
measurements to verify the CT polarity, secondary ratio and
secondary wiring is correct.
Normalize all CT circuits after the completion of the sensitivity
test.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Make sure that any protection elements that were disabled
during the test have been brought back into service (Earth
fault).
Ensure that all shorted CTs cores are normalized.
Ensure that all shorted high impedance protections such as
transformer REF are normalized.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.15
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
General Visual Inspection
DONE
REMARKS
As per 4.1
DESCRIPTION
DONE
CT loop and primary injection tests should be completed for High
voltage and Low voltage sides.
Make sure there is no more than one earthing point on the CT at
the secondary circuit for HV side and LV sides.
The final settings must be applied and tested before the stability
test.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same Knee point
nearly for high voltage side and low
voltage sides for high
impedance protection.
Caution: Check that any high impedance protection (ex.
Transformer REF protection) is shorted before primary injection
on their CT Cores.
Caution: Any CT cores not related to the transformer protection
should be shorted for safety.
Check that Transformer is short-circuited at the LV side after the
transformer LV Side CT for differential protection.
Isolate the Differential Protection Trip Links
Before the test & switch on the 3 phase power supply:
Check the balance and phase sequence of the three phases power
supply at the HV side of the transformer.
Switch on the power supply and check phase sequence and voltage
values.
Measure primary current of transformer HV &LV sides and
compare with the expected calculated values. The phase angle
between primary and secondary current for each phase depending
on the transformer vector group.
Stability:
Measure (Primary current secondary current phase angles) for
HV and low LV side. Read the differential operating and restrain
Currents, the differential should be 0A
Sensitivity:
Reverse the polarity of CT for any side (HV or LV), by reversing
that CT secondary wire. Measure and read primary, secondary,
differential operating and
restrain currents and phase angles.
If the differential current is high enough, check the relay indication
for pickup and trip.
REMARKS
3.15.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Electrical Checks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
13.
14.
15.
DESCRIPTION
Normalize the reversed CT and repeat the test for other phases.
Normalize the trip isolation links.
Normalize the shorted CT cores.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.16
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Electrical Tests
DESCRIPTION
Check the correct terminal connections.
Make sure there is no more than one earthing point on the
CT at the secondary circuit for HV side and LV sides.
Check that all associated CT cores are having the same
Knee point nearly.
IMPORTANT:Remove the neutral earthing resistor (NER) bypassing it
to increase the current to facilitate measuring.
Holding the neutral CT4 as a reference:
Apply single phase voltage on each phase (Red, Yellow,
and Blue) individually.
Stability:
7.
8.
9.
10.
6.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.17
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Distance Protection
DONE
DESCRIPTION
The following activities should be completed before start the end to
end test
a. Secondary injection for main relays (Distance, Directional Earth
Fault, and Over-Current).
b. Final Settings Applied for the main relays.
c. Function Tests for Relay and Control Panels (for proper command
and indications).
d. Function Tests in GIS (for proper operation of the breaker)
e. Fault & Event Recorders commissioned and properly interfaced.
f. Proper Operation of Bus-bar Protection and Circuit Breaker Fail
schemes
g. Communication system tests.
Simulate all the commands (trip, block, communication failure, auto
re-closeetc) that will be sent to the remote end from the output
contacts of your protection and control relays as per the scheme
provided:
Check functions and alarms of each communication channels
individually by simulation these functions alarms in communication
panel and check functions and alarms in remote end communication
panel
Check segregation between functions and alarms and channels.The
communication channels with smallest prolonging time value are used
for distance communication scheme and another for inter-tripping send
and receive.
POTT ( permissive over reach transfer trip)
a. Simulate Z1 fault and measure time of z1 trip output contact and
check output of carrier send signal is obtained and check
indication and alarm output contact.
b. Check the other zones operate without carrier send signal.
c. Simulate carrier receive and check that the relay trip only during
z1 with its time and check tripping during extended zone with
extended zone time plus receiving communication time.
d. Check if extended zone fault without CR, trip with Z2 time and
CS to the remote end.
e. Check if all zones except extended zone the relay tripping results
without release from the opposite line end (carrier receive),
allowing the protection to function with the usual grading
characteristic independent of signal transmission.
f. Check that the POTT is for forward direction only.
g. Check all indications and alarm output contacts.
h. Check communication fail condition according to the relay logic
scheme tripping with basic scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
PUTT ( permissive under reach transfer trip)
a. Simulate Z1 fault and measure time of Z1 trip output contact and
check output of carrier send signal CS is obtained and check
indication and alarm output contacts.
b. Check that only Z1 transmit CS and the other zones and
extension zone operate without carrier send signal.
c. Check if extended zone fault with CR , trip with extended zone
time plus receiving communication time and without
Blocking scheme
a. Check if the forward zones fault without blocking signal receives
from remote end, aided trip with aided trip time and no CS to
remote end.
b. Check if the forward zones fault with blocking signal receives
from remote end, trip with zones delay time according to final
setting and no CS to remote end.
c. Check if the reverse zone fault, trip with reverse zone time and
CS to remote end.
d. Check if communication channels fail the relay operates with
basic scheme.
Week in feed function
a. echo only
i. Check if C.B off & carrier receive the Echo signal send
immediately.
ii. Check if C.B. on & carrier receive the Echo signal send after
time delay (according to setting).
b. echo and trip
i. Check if C.B off & carrier receive the Echo signal send
immediately without local trip.
ii. Check if C.B. on & carrier receive local trip and Echo signal
send after time delay (according to setting).
If we have two parallel lines, so we have two Telec. Devices ( 4
channel for each device )
We can say : Device one D1 , Device two D2
For testing the CBF : D1 and D2 are Healthy
Step-1: CBF For Line-1 operates and send two command in the same
time
( DTT-1 through D1 ; ch-2 & DTT-2 through D2 ; ch-2 ) (
CB Trip )
Step-2: CBF For Line-2 operates and send two command in the same time
( DTT-1 through D2 ; ch-3 & DTT-2 through D1 ; ch-3 ) (
CB Trip )
Step-3: CBF For Line-1 operates and send only one command DTT-1
or DTT-2 ( No Trip )
Step-4: CBF For Line-2 operates and send only one command DTT-1
or DTT-2 ( No Trip )
For testing the CBF : one device is Healthy and the other is Faulty
Step-5: CBF For Line-1 operates and send ( DTT-1 through D1 ; ch-4
& D2 is failed ) ( Trip )
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
9.
10.
11.
12.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Step-6 ; CBF For Line-1 operates and send ( D1 is failed & DTT-2
through D2 ; ch-4 ) ( Trip )
Step-7 ; CBF For Line-2 operates and send ( DTT-1 through D2 ; ch-4
& D1 is failed ) ( Trip )
Step-8 ; CBF For Line-2 operates and send ( D2 is failed & DTT-2
through D1 ; ch-4 ) ( Trip )
For each of the previous conditions, check Auto-recloser Initiation:a. Check auto-recloser initiation from fast tripping relay by
simulation of instantaneous protections.
b. Check auto-recloser initiation from intertrip receive relay and
Check in remote end fast instantaneous protections operate which
send that intertrip signal.
c. Check auto-recloser blocking initiation from delay or backup
protection tripping relay by simulation of delay or backup
protection.
d. Check auto-recloser blocking initiation from intertrip receive
relay and check in remote end delay or back up protection operate
which send that intertrip signal.
For each of the previous conditions, check that Carrier Send and
Received events are recorded at the Fault or Event recorder for signals
initiated from the remote end.
Repeat the previous tests at remote end
Simulate communication channel failed, and check the operation of the
relay on basic scheme.
3.17.2
ITEM
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Following activity should be completed before start the end to end test
a. Secondary injection for main relays (Distance, Directional Earth
Fault, and Over-Current).
b. Final Settings Applied for the main relays.
c. Function Tests for Relay and Control Panels (for proper
command and indications).
d. Function Tests in GIS (for proper operation of the breaker)
e. Fault & Event Recorders commissioned and properly interfaced.
f. Proper Operation of Bus-bar Protection and Circuit Breaker Fail
schemes
g. Communication equipment and communication channel is
commissioned and in service
Simulate all the commands (trip, block, communication failure, auto
re-closeetc) that will be sent to the remote end from the output
contacts of your protection and control relays as per the scheme
provided:
Check functions and alarms of each communication channels
individually by simulation these functions alarms in communication
TCSP105R01/TMA
Remarks
DONE
Remarks
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
panel and check functions and alarms in remote end communication
panel.
Check segregation between functions and alarms and channels.
The communication channels with smallest prolonging time value are
used for directional earth fault communication scheme and another for
inter-tripping send and receive.
BLOCKING SCHEME:
DONE
Remarks
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
timer, compare the measured time with the set value of Coordination
time.
DONE
Remarks
-Reverse Fault:
7
8
9
On the remote end, simulate a reverse fault and check that NO carrier
is sent and that no carrier is received locally.
Simulate an earth Fault in line direction and wait longer than the set
value of Coordination time(Tcoord),
Check that No Trip Signal should appear.
Check that assigned binary output Contact for carrier Send (CS) should
operate.
WEAK INFEED FUNCTION.
Echo only.
Open the local Circuit Breaker and simulate a forward fault at the
remote and check that a CR (Permissive Signal) is received correctly.
Check locally that the DEFR sends (or Echo) a permissive Signal and
that it is received correctly at the remote end.
Echo and trip.
Close Local Circuit Breaker and simulate a forward fault at the remote
end. Verify that a CR is received locally (Permissive Signal), and
apply residual voltage (DEF with Residual voltage level) with little or
no current,
Check that the relay will carry out a Weak in-feed trip and Send a
Permissive Signal (CS) to the remote end and allowing it to carry out a
Carrier aided trip also.
Check in the fault recorder level of fault voltage, fault current, relay
starts, relay trips indication and time.
Repeat all the previous tests at the remote end.
Simulate a communication failure condition and check the operation of
the relays on the basic scheme.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.18
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that Pilot wire cores are matched between local station
and remote station by colors, Continuity, Loop resistance and
Insulation resistance.
Adjust the pilot stabilizing resistors and final setting based on
the actual measured pilot loop resistance.
Check pilot supervision indications properly if fail or not, it
must be correct (pilot open and pilot cross will give pilot open
indication in supervision).
Check pilot DC current is within the manufacturer
recommended supervision current limits.
(If you found current equal zero that means there is crossing in
pilot wire).
Check supervision voltage send and receive for both substation
Using the pilot isolation terminal blocks, simulate pilot failure
conditions:
Open circuit, short circuit, cross wired and make sure that the
supervision alarms are generated correctly.
Inject current on the over-current starter element or simulate an
over-current condition by energizing the start input of the line
differential relay.
Check the operating current (pilot relay current and main pilot
current) in local and remote substations by current Injection for
pilot relay.
Check the relays output voltage for the injected current.
Increase the injected current until the remote breaker trips
(While recording the sent and received pilot voltage).
Check inter-trip scheme by Closing local CB then send intertrip, remote CB will trip. During this, measure send voltage in
local substation and measure receive voltage in remote
substation and repeat for remote substation.
Check operating time (loop time).
3.18.2
REMARKS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1. Ensure that fiber optics pairs are matched between local station
and remote station and that the Optical Line System has been
commissioned and is in service.
2. Check fiber optics supervision indications for communication if
fail or not, it must be correct.
3. Make sure that the current readings are matching locally and
remotely.
Increase the current injection and check the operation and
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
tripping of the relay in local and remote substations. ( for all
phases)
Check alarms "inter-trip send and receive faulty"
Check supervision voltage send and receive for both substations.
Check inter-trip scheme by Closing local CB then send inter-trip,
remote CB will trip. During this, measure send voltage in local
substation and measure receive voltage in remote substation and
repeat for remote substation.
Check operating time (loop time).
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.19
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done
Check the wirings of the SCADA Command from RTU.
Check the ferrule of Cables.
Initiate the Commands from the Control Centre and check the
operation at equipments one by one.
Confirm that the command from the control center and operation of
the equipment same.
Take the print of commands & events for record and match.
Make sure that all conditions are tested with positive and negative
test conditions.
Example of negative test:
Selector switch is in local & a close command is received from
Electrical control center does NOT close the circuit breaker.
3.19.2
TEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
DONE
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done.
Check the wirings of the SCADA Alarm from RTU.
Check the ferrules.
Initiate the Alarms from the equipments and check the Alarms at RTU
and Control Centre.
Confirm that the Alarms initiated and at the RTU and Control Centre
are same.
Check the alarm label and group alarm label received at the control
center are matching the approved point list.
Make sure that the alarm types are correct (trip / non-trip or urgent /
non-urgent).
Make sure that alarm system failure alarm is received at the control
center.
Take the print from S.O.E. & at RTU and Control Centre and match.
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
DONE
All function and operation tests in the SS must be done
Check the wirings of the SCADA Back Indications from RTU.
Check the ferrules.
Initiate the Commands from the Control Centre and check the back
indication at RTU and Control Centre.
Confirm that the command and Back Indication of the equipment
same.
Take the print of commands & Back Indication and match.
3.19.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
Commands Tests
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.20
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
DESCRIPTION
Study the schematic diagrams for metering and transducers
generating signals for the SCADA.
Supply the currents and voltages to the transducers by the
secondary injections and take the readings from the Remote
Terminal Unit of SCADA.
Compare the inputs and the readings at Remote Control Unit.
Check the readings of voltages up to two digits, currents up to three
digits and frequency up to one digit after decimal point.
Check the sums, maximum, minimum, averages values etc. at
Remote Terminal Unit of SCADA.
Inject current at the transducer inputs and make sure that the
current readings are being received correctly at the control center.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.21
ITEM
7.
DESCRIPTION
ALL current circuits of all bays and equipments must be reviewed
and checked. All current circuits and terminal blocks screws must be
good tightened. The (short and isolate single earth point CT
ratio) must be according to schematic drawing.
All test formats must be checked and signed by contractor and sec
engineers.
All activities must be done and no Class A snags are remaining.
Final trip test activity test format must be checked.
All (closing, tripping, alarm, voltage, SCADA, communication, etc.)
circuits terminal blocks screws must be good tightened.
All VT circuits MCB's closed, fuses in place. All voltage circuits in
SS must be reviewed and terminal blocks screws must be good
tightened.
All supplies to protection, control, switchgear, etc., are normal.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
DONE REMARKS
All relays have approved settings applied and have been fully tested
and are in service.
All alarm relay settings are finalized and the relays are locked.
Relays that have a backup battery for memory storage have their
batteries installed and the temporary battery covers removed.
All relays Time and Date settings are correct and reviewed.
All snags must be classified and revised. All class A snags must be
cleared.
All switchgear and other power equipments testing are completed.
All protection equipment is properly labeled.
All fire/smoke alarm systems are fully tested and in service.
All necessary fire fighting equipment is on site and accessible
without obstruction.
Confirm all men and tools are clear of equipment to be energized
and that all personnel are aware of the pending energization.
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.22
ITEM
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
Phasing Checks
Before paralleling two sources, phasing shall be absolutely proven
by selectively energizing a common three phase VT set from the two
sources one at a time and checking the phasing (voltage and phase
angle) of the VT set to a reference potential whose source shall
remain unchanged for the duration of the test.
For example, if one new incoming line to an existing station is to be
energized, use the existing incoming line A phase to neutral
potential as a reference and measure and record the new line VT
secondary three phase voltage and phase angles when energized
from the remote end only. Then after opening the remote end of the
new line, energize the new line from the local station only and repeat
the voltage and phase angle measurements, the results of the two
tests should be identical (within a few degrees) if phasing is correct.
Where possible, phasing sticks can be used
In Service Checks
a. Immediately after energization, in-service/on-load checks should
be taken and recorded by measuring the magnitude and phase of
all voltage and current circuits to a common reference at all of
the test points available to prove VT and CT connection, ratio
and polarity.
b. Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with
CT/VT measurements in the control circuits.
c. As soon as sufficient load is available, all directional and
distance type relays shall have their operating direction proven
using in service voltages and currents.
d. Directional earth fault relays shall be proven by selectively
isolating in service voltages and currents to provide a range of
simulated fault conditions. (remove one phase voltage to result
summation of another two phases and make short circuit for
another two current phases to obtain the third phase as a input
current to the relay) according to obtained values of voltage,
current and angle the relay action. Make reverse polarity and
check the relay action.
e. For REF and bus differential relays, check to ensure minimal
spill currents in service. Test the differential circuit by shorting
one service current from the summation to force operation and
prove the summation circuit is not shorted.
f. For transformer differential circuits, check spill currents at
minimum, center and maximum transformer taps. Spill current
at minimum and maximum taps should be similar with near
zero spill current on the center tap position if the auxiliary CTs
are selected to the correct tap.
g. Check transformer AVR operation in independent and parallel
modes as applicable. Manually raise (lower) the transformer(s)
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION
two taps and place them back in AUTO to observe the
automatic return to the correct voltage tap. Confirm operation
from SCADA and in all possible operating modes.
h. Functionally test the ABTS scheme by operating transformer
protection to trip the breakers and initiate the system.
i. Check in service reclosing for OHTL circuits by operating the
protection to initiate trip and reclose.
After two transformers have been successfully energized, perform a
back to back test to check differential protection measurements are
ok.
Parallel the two energized transformers.
Switch the tap changers to manual operation and manually raise or
lower one of the two transformers from nominal tap to create a
voltage difference and circulating current.
Check the current readings in the CT secondary circuits.
Check that all protection relays are working properly.
After the substation is properly loaded, check parallel operation and
master / follower scheme for automatic voltage regulation relays.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.23
On Load tests
3.23.1
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
Visually inspect CT compartments in the GIS, Switchgear etc
and make sure there is no abnormal sound.
Visually inspect the Power Transformer & Auxiliary Transformers
and make sure there is no abnormal sound.
Make your own measurements of the secondary current for all
phases and in neutral with Clamp meter in metering and protection
cores, the values should be in accordance with the ratios of the
cores.
Check and record all panel meter readings to compare with CT
measurements in the control circuits.
For protection devices with built in metering functions check
current, voltage magnitudes, and phase angles, real and reactive
power.
Check the direction of power, active component and reactive
components (power in line direction is positive) and check power
factor
For VT Circuit check Secondary Voltage between phases and the
neutral with volt meter which should be in accordance to the VT
ratio.
Check phase rotation with a phase rotation meter connected across
the three phases.
3.23.2
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESCRIPTION
Ensure that the new Feeder was energized without any load for one
hour at least before on load Test.
Ensure to decrease the tripping time of over current protection to less
than 0.5 sec (if DMT O\C).
Ensure that the tripping of Line or Cable differential Relay is
ISOLATED to prevent false operation of relay.
For relays that rely on fiber communication to send inter-trip signals,
Isolate tripping facility on both sides of the line (local and remote
end) to prevent accidental disconnection of the power circuit.
If necessary, isolate any relay operated alarm contacts and any
breaker failure initiation contacts as per the scheme
Ensure that the Feeder is loaded by 25% at least from its rated
current.
Read phases currents, they must be balanced and measure the
differential current must be close to zero in stable case.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE REMARKS
8.
Check the relay performance (Trip Action) at unstable condition by
reversing the current direction by one of the following methods :
Reverse the current direction from relay software.
Reverse two Current phases by reversing current wire (must prevent
opening of CT circuit by making short circuit for current pass).
By shorting one current phase with neutral to make current unbalance
9.
If the differential current is lower than the relay setting, reduce the
setting of the relay to observe its operation.
10. Normalize the relay setting
11. Normalize the CT circuit (Shorted or cross wired) or the software
internal current direction.
12. Reset the relay to make sure that any operated trip / alarm / CBF start
contacts (latching or non-latching) have normalized
13. Normalize the isolated trip links and any isolated contacts (alarm,
breaker fail etc)
14. Ensure that the tripping time of over current protection as final
setting after finished the test (if DMT O\C).
3.23.3
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
DESCRIPTION
Use test plug to isolate tripping circuit and take all precautions to
prevent any current circuit opening by using good type of jumper
wires for shorting CT plug current terminals.
For relays that rely on fiber communication to send inter-trip
signals,
Isolate tripping facility on both sides of the line (local and remote
end) to prevent accidental disconnection of the power circuit.
Isolate any relay operated alarm contacts and any breaker failure
initiation contacts as per the scheme
Ensure that VT fail function of directional Relay is switched off
to prevent relay block.
Ensure that the Feeder is loaded by 25% rated current at least.
Ensure to decrease the tripping time of over current protection to
less than 0.5 sec (if DMT O/C).
Measure the currents magnitude with phase angles and confirm
that angle measured is approximately same as on power meter of
this circuit and measurements with system control.
Compare the measured values of phase angles at local end with
the ones measured at remote end. Results at both ends should be
approximately 180 degrees out of phase.
For numerical relays, direction can be verified from relay on load
measurements by relay as explained in respective relay manuals.
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
ITEM
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
DESCRIPTION
DONE
Check the Power direction by checking the current direction, if the
feeder export in this case the active power will be forward (+ve),
and Vice versa the power will be reverse (ve)
For export feeder (active power is +ve, and reactive power is +ve
for Lagging and ve for Leading Power factor.)
a. Remove one red phase voltage, ensure that the distance
protection will pickup and trip for a forward fault (Z1, Z2
etc)
b. Ensure that the directional O/C protection picks up and trip
for that forward direction. Swap polarity of the phase
current R and protection will not operate.
c. If the distance protection picks up or trips for a reverse fault
(Z3, Z4, Z5, Zreverse) etc then the directionality is
incorrect.
d. If the directional over current protection not operate check
setting values and decrease until operate or check
directionality.
For import feeder (active power is ve, and reactive power is -ve)
for Lagging and +ve reactive power for Leading Power factor.)
a. Remove one phase red voltage, ensure that the distance
protection will pickup and trip for a reverse fault (Z3, Z4,
Z5, Zreverse etc)
b. Ensure that the directional O/C protection will not operate
for that reverse direction. Swap the polarity of current
phase R and ensure that protection will operate at setting
decreased to load current.
c. If the distance protection picks up or trips for a forward
fault (Z1, Z2) etc then the directionality is incorrect.
For directional earth fault:
(remove one phase voltage to result summation of another two
phases and make short circuit for another two current phases to
obtain the third phase as an input current to the relay)
according to obtained values of voltage, current and angle the
relay action. Make reverse polarity and check the relay action.
Repeat the previous procedure for Yellow and Blue voltage
phases, and check relay performance.
Reset the relay to make sure that any operated trip / alarm / CBF
start contacts (latching or non-latching) have normalized
Normalize the isolated trip links and any isolated contacts (alarm,
breaker fail etc)
Ensure that all hardware connections are normalized ok as per
drawing and tightness.
Ensure that the tripping of Directional relay is in services after
finished the test.
Ensure that the tripping time of over current protection as final
setting after finished the test (if DMT O/C).
TCSP105R01/TMA
REMARKS
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.23.4
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
This test should only be performed after the transformer has been
energized for at least 24 hours with no load, and all temperature
readings and indications are healthy.
To load a transformer, start with approximately 10% rated current.
And check operating current in differential relay, so the loading
should be gradually and checking operating and restraint currents
of the relay.
Check the phase angle between primary and secondary current for
each phase depending on the transformer vector group.
Check the readings of Primary, Secondary and differential
Currents (spill currents between phases)
If deviation in expected values of operating and restraint current
for all phases then isolate the differential relay tripping circuit and
solve the problem in current circuit or in relay setting.
3.23.5
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
DONE
REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
With the bus-bar loaded with at least 25% of the rated current:
Measure the current and angle of all current circuits in all bays
and in BBP panels for discrimination and check zones. Check
stable current Is and differential current Id values in the
discrimination zones and check zone. Differential current Id
should be zero
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
DESCRIPTION
This test should only be performed after the transformer has been
energized for at least 24 hours with no load, and all temperature
readings and indications are healthy.
Ensure that the transformer is loaded by 25% at least from its rated
current.
By mean of clamp meter, check the current balance of all phases or
read the current and angles of phases if the relay is digital.
For high impedance REF, by using mean of volt meter, ensure that
the voltage across relay coil terminal almost equal to zero which
related to differential current.
3.23.6
ITEM
1.
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
3.23.7
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
Stability on-load:
With at least 25% load on the circuit:
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
4.0
The contractor shall submit the test procedure for SAS equipments, devices and
relays 6 months prior to start pre-commissioning for approval. These tests shall be
based on IEC 61850 Substation Automation System (SAS).
ITEM
1
DESCRIPTION
DONE
REMARKS
EQUIPMENT
TCSP105R01/TMA
TCS-P-105, Rev. 01
CHECK LIST
2.
3.
DESCRIPTION
Measurement of average background noise levels at substation
site after the mechanical completion of the project during day
time and night time prior to energization of Substation
Transformers.
Measurement of average Transformers noise level at ONAN
rating at the site for comparison with the value measured in the
factory and declared by the transformer manufacturer. (Note: the
expected measured average noise level value is equal to
measured transformer noise level carried out at transformer
factory per IEC 60076-10 + the actual average background noise
level measured at substation site as stated in point no.1).
Measurement of Noise levels at substation boundaries. The
result of noise levels measured at boundaries shall not exceed the
value specified in TES-P-119.02, Rev.0, clause 5.2.6 of 65dB(A)
during day time between (06:00 22:00hrs.) and 55dB(A)
during nigh time between (22:00 -06:00hrs.)
TCSP105R01/TMA
DONE
REMARKS